Skip to main content

Full text of "The Summer School"

See other formats 


iJah, 


Colic 


UNIVERSITY  of  MARYLAND 


nn.ij  I  IN 


Summer  School 


lvo7 


The  provisions  of  this  publication  arc  not  to  be  regarded  as'iln  irrevo 

<'>hli>  riinfriirf  hriu/(>i>n  tli,-  'jiiricnt    tni]  flic   I  Inivt>r^^it  V  (if  M;irvl:mcl      71 


uny  uriic  w  i 
reserves  the 


)ciii  s   ici 
time,  to 


withdraw  when  ii 


SUMMER 
SCHOOL 

1967 


THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 


Volume  23  January  27,  1967  No.  12 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  three  times  in  July, 
August  and  September;  twice  in  January,  March,  May,  June  and  December;  and 
once  in  February,  April,  October  and  November.  Published  twenty-three  times 
Re-entered  as  second  class  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  Congress  on  August  24, 
1912,  and  second  class  postage  paid  at  College  Park,  Maryland. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/summerschool1967univ 


Contents 


GENERAL 

Summer  School:  Admission,  Registration,  and  Calendar v 

University  Calendar vi 

Registration  Schedule vii 

Board  of  Regents viii 

Officers  of  the  University ix 

The  School 1 

Academic  Information 2 

Terms  of  Admission 2 

Undergraduate  and  Special  Students 2 

Graduate    Students 2 

Academic  Credit 3 

Marking  System 3 

Maximum  Loads 3 

Summer  Graduate  Work 4 

Candidates  for  Degrees 4 

General  Education  Program 4 

General  Information 5 

Registration 5 

Length  of  Class  Period 6 

Definition  of  Resident  and  Non-Resident 6 

Tuition  and  Fees 7 

Withdrawal  and  Refund  of  Fees 8 

Living  Accommodations  and  Food  Service 9 

Student  Health   10 

Parking  of  Automobiles   11 

Libraries 11 

University  Bookstore 12 

For  Additional  Information 12 

Special  Summer  Activities 13 

Summer  Lecture  Series 13 

Institutes  and  Workshops    13 

Campus  Map between   19-20 

COURSE  OFFERINGS 

Agriculture 20 

Agricultural  Economics    20 

Agricultural  Engineering 20 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 21 

Agronomy 21 

Animal  Science 22 

Botany 22 

Entomology 23 

Geology 21 

Horticulture 23 

Arts  and  Sciences 24 

American  Studies 24 

Anthropology  (see  Sociology) 

Art 24 

Hi 


Contents 

Astronomy  (see  Physics  and  Astronomy)    25 

Chemistry 26 

Classical  Languages  and  Literature 26 

Computer   Science 26 

English .....'.'.'.'.'..'.  26 

Foreign  Languages 29 

History    31 

Mathematics    33 

Microbiology 35 

Music 26 

Philosophy 37 

Physics  and  Astronomy 3g 

Psychology 39 

Sociology 40 

Anthropology    41 

Speech 42 

Zoology 44 

Business  and  Public  Administration 45 

Business  Administration 45 

Economics 49 

Geography 5 1 

Government  and  Politics    52 

Journalism 54 

Education 55 

Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 55 

General  Education 57 

Secondary  Education    61 

Music    Education 62 

Human  Development  Education 63 

Industrial  Education 64 

Library  Science  Education 65 

Special  Education 65 

Engineering 66 

Chemical  Engineering    66 

Civil  Engineering 67 

Electrical  Engineering 67 

Engineering  Sciences 68 

Mechanical  Engineering 69 

School  of  Library  and  Information  Services 69 

Home  Economics 71 

Family  Life  and  Management    71 

Food  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 71 

Housing  and  AppHed  Design 72 

Textiles  and  Clothing 72 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 73 

Health  Education 74 

Recreation      75 

The  Faculty 76 

iv 


ADMISSION: 

1.  Students  who  were  registered  with  the  University  during  the  preceding 
semester  need  only  to  appear  for  registration  at  the  time  indicated  on 
page  vii. 

2.  All  new  undergraduate  and  special  students  must  file  an  application 
with  the  Admissions  office  by  June  1,  1967  and  must  have  been 
admitted  to  the  University  before  registering  for  classes. 

r 

3.  All  new  graduate  students  must  file  an  application  and  all  supporting 
records  with  the  office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research  by  May  15,  1967  and  must  have  been  admitted  to  the  Uni- 
versity before  registering  for  classes. 


REGISTRATION 

1 .  All  students  report  to  the  Preinkert  Field  House  according  to  the  alpha- 
betical schedule  on  page  vii  of  this  catalog. 

2.  After  securing  registration  materials  at  the  Preinkert  Field  House, 
students  report  to  their  adviser  and/or  dean.  Approval  of  student's 
program  must  be  secured  from  both  the  adviser  and  dean.  Graduate  stu- 
dents in  the  College  of  Education  must  secure  the  approval  of  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Education  as  well  as  the  Vice  President  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research. 

3.  After  their  programs  are  approved,  students  report  to  the  Armory 
where  registration  is  completed. 

SUMMER  SCHOOL  CALENDAR 

Summer  Session,  1967 

June  26-27 — Monday-Tuesday        Registration,  Summer  Session 

June  28 — Wednesday  Instruction  begins 

July  4 — Tuesday  Independence  Day  Holiday 

July   8 — Saturday  Classes  (Tuesday  Schedule) 

August  18 — Friday  Summer  Session  Ends 

Short  Courses 

June  12-17— Monday-Saturday  Rural  Women's  Short  Course 

August  7-11— Monday-Friday  4-H  Club  Week 

September  5-8 — Tuesday-Friday  Firemen's  Short  Course 


University  Calendar  1967-68 


TENTATIVE 

Fall  Semester 

1967 

September  18-22 

Monday-Friday 

Fall  Semester  Registration 

September  25 

Monday 

Instruction  begins 

November  22 

Wednesday, 

after  last  class 

Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

November  27 

Monday, 

8:00  a.m. 

Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

December  WF 

Wednesday,  S^n'fl/s^i 

Xi^.'Cf^T.  b?r  /^ 

after  last  class       (j 

Christmas  recess  begins 

1968 

January  3 

Wednesday, 

8:00  a.m. 

Christmas  recess  ends 

January  22 

Monday 

Pre-Exam  Study  Day 

January  23-30 

Tuesday-Tuesday 

Fall  Semester  Examinations 

Spring  Semester 

February  5-9 

Monday-Friday 

Spring  Semester  Registration 

February  12 

Monday 

Instruction  begins 

February  22 

Thursday 

Washington's  Birthday  Holiday 

April  11 

Thursday, 

after  last  class 

Easter  recess  begins 

April  16 

Tuesday, 

8:00  a.m. 

Easter  recess  ends 

May  15 

Wednesday 

AFROTC  DAY 

May  29 

Wednesday 

Pre-Exam  Study  Day 

May  30 

Thursday 

Memorial  Day  Holiday 

May  31-June  7 

FViday-Friday 

Spring  Semester  Examinations 

June  8 

Saturday 

Commencement 

Summer  Session, 

7965 

June  24-25 

Monday-Tuesday 

Summer  Session  Registration 

June  26 

Wednesday 

Instruction  begins 

July  4 

Thursday 

Independence  Day  Holiday 

July  6 

Saturday 

Classes  (Thursday  Schedule) 

August  16 

Friday 

Summer  Session  ends 

Short  Courses 

June  17-22 

Monday-Saturday 

Rural  Women's  Short  Course 

August  5-9 

Monday-Friday 

4-H  Club  Week 

September  3-6 

Tuesday-Friday 

Firemen's  Short  Course 

VI 


REGISTRATION  SCHEDULE 

SUMMER  SCHOOL  1967 

MONDAY  and  TUESDAY,  JUNE  26  and  27,   1967 

To  expedite  registration,  students  have  been  grouped  on  the  basis  of  the 
first  letters  of  the  last  name.  No  student  will  be  permitted  into  Preinkert 
Field  House  until  the  appropriate  time,  as  listed  below. 

Tuesday 

WA-WH 

WI-Y 

Z-BAL 

BAM-BL 

BM-BT 

BU-CH 

CI-CO 

CP-DN 

DO-EZ 

FA-FZ 

GA-GRL 

GRM-HD 


Preinkert  Field  House,  Packet  Distribution— Monday  8:15  to  3:45  Only 

Tuesday  8:15  to  3:00  Only 

Armory,  Registration  Processing — 8:30  to  4:45  Only 


Monday 

8:15 

HE-HR 

8:40 

HS-J 

9:05 

KA-KR 

9:30 

KS-LI 

9:55 

LJ-MA 

10:20 

MB-MN 

10:45 

MO-NI 

11:10 

NJ-PH 

11:30 

PI-RE 

1:00 

RF-RZ 

1:25 

SA-SGL 

1:50 

SGM-SS 

2:15 

ST-TD 

2:40 

TE-V 

VH 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  HartvAck  Building, 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Louis  L,  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Hon.  Mary  Arabian 

Municipal  Court  of  Baltimore  City,  Baltimore,  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7410  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

Judge  William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 

via 


Officers  Of  The  University 

Central  Administrative  Officers 

PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  Elkins— B.^.,  University  of  Texas,  1932;  M.A..  1932;  B.Litt.,  Oxford  UnU 
versify,  1936;  D.Phil.,  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT,  BALTIMORE  CAMPUSES 

Albin  O.  Kuhn— B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

R.  Lee  Hornbake— 5.5..  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

VICE    PRESIDENT    FOR    ADMINISTRATIVE    AFFAIRS 

Walter  B.  Waetjen— fi.5.,  Millersville  State  College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  GRADUATE  STUDIES  AND  RESEARCH 

Michael  J.  Pelczar,  Jr.— B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D., 
State  University  of  Iowa,  1941. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr.— B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  RELATIONS 
Robert   A.    Beach,   Jr.,   A.B.,   Baldwin-Wallace   College,    1950;   M.S.    Boston    Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 

Robert  E.  Kundig—A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1939;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1965. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE,  RESEARCH 

Justin  Williams — A.B.,  State  Teachers  College,  Conway,  Arkansas,  1926;  M.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

EXECUTIVE  DEAN  FOR  STUDENT  LIFE 

Leslie  R.  Bundgaard— B.5.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1948:  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D., 
Georgetown  University,  1954. 

DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

C.  Wilbur  Cissel— B./4.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932;  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  1939. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

James  T.  Frye—B.B.A.,  University  of  Georgia,  1948;  M.S.B.A.,  1952;  C.P.A.,  1954. 

COMPTROLLER   AND  BUDGET  OFFICER 

Harry  D.  Fisher — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  C.P.A.,  1948. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  REGISTRATIONS 

G.  Watson  Algire— B./i.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930;  M.S.,  1931. 

ix 


ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  REGISTRAR 

James  P.  Hill— B.5.,   Temple  University,  1939;  Ed.M.,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1963. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 

J.  Logan  Schutz — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ATHLETICS 

William  W.  Cobey — A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

George  W.  Fogg — B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

James  D.  Morgan— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.B.A.,  1950. 

DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER.  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL 
PLANT 

George  O.  Weber — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  PHYSICAL  PLANT 

(Baltimore) 

George  W.  Morrison— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927;  E.E.,  1931. 

Emeriti 
PRESIDENT  EMERITUS 

Harry  C.  Byrd— 5.5.,   University  of  Maryland,  1908;  LL.D.,  Washington  College, 
1936:  LL.D.,  Dickinson  College,  1938;  D.Sc,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN  EMERITA 

Adele  H.   Stamp — B.A.,    Tulane   Universitv,   1921;  M.A.,   University   of  Maryland 
1924. 

DEAN  OF  MEN  EMERITUS 

Geary  F.  Eppley — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S.,  1926. 

Deans  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

DEAN  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Gordon  M.  Cairns— fl.5.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Charles  Manning— B.5.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
Donald  W.  O'Connell— S./4 .,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

John  J.  Salley—D. D.5.,   Medical  College  of   Virginia,    1951;  Ph.D.,    University  of 
Rochester  School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Vernon  E.  Anderson — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1942. 


DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Robert  B.  Beckmann — B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1944. 

DEAN  OF  FACULTY— UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 

Homer  W.  Schamp,  Jr. — A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.Sc.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 

Erna  Chapman — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1936. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

William  P.  Cunningham — A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1944;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Law  School, 
1948. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  AND  INFORMATION  SERVICES 

Paul  Wasserman— fi.B.^.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1948;  M.S.  {L.S.), 
Columbia  University,  1949:  M.S.  {Economics)  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF   MEDICINE   AND   DIRECTOR  OF   MEDICAL 

EDUCATION  AND  RESEARCH 
William  S.  Stone— B.5.,  University  of  Idaho,  1924;  M.S.,  1925;  M.D.,  University  of 

Louisville,  1929;  Ph.D.,  (Hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Marion  Murphy — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1936;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1946;  Ph.D.,    1959. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Noel  E.  Foss— P/i.C,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1929;  B.S.,I929;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND 
HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fra\ey—B.A.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  Pea- 
body  College,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  SOCIAL  WORK 

Verl  S.  Lewis — A.B.,  Huron  College,  1933;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1939; 
D.S.W.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Ray  W.  Ehrensberger — B.A.,  Wabash  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Butler  University,  1930, 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse   University,   1937. 

Directors  of  Educational  Services  and  Programs 

DIRECTOR.  AGRICULTURE  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haut — B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington, 
1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 


Xt 


DIRECTOR,    COMPUTER    SCIENCE    CENTER 

William    F.    Atchison— /4 .5.,    Georgetown    College,    1938;    M.A..    University    of 
Kentucky,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1943. 

DIRECTOR,  COUNSELING  CENTER 

Thomas  Magoon—B.A.,  Dartmouth,  1947;  M.A.,   University  of  Minnesota.   1951; 
Ph.D..  1954. 

DIRECTOR.  GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Gayle  S.  Smith— B.5.,  Iowa  State  College.  1948;  M.  A.,  Cornell  University    1951; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

DIRECTOR,  INSTITUTIONAL  RESEARCH 

Robert  E.  McClintock— 5.5.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Pea- 
body  College.  1952;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DIRECTOR   OF   LIBRARIES 

Howard  Rovelstad— fi./4.,  University  of  Illinois,  1936;  M.A.,  1937;  B.S.L.S.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES  INSTITUTE 

L.  Eugene  Cronin— ^.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PROFESSIONAL  AND  SUPPORTING  SERVICES,  UNIVERSITY 
HOSPITAL 

George  H.  Yeager— fl.5.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1925;  M.D.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1929. 

DIRECTOR,  HEALTH  SERVICES 

Lester  M.  Dyke— 5.5.,  University  of  Iowa,  1936;  M.D.,  1926. 

DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SUMMER  SESSION 

Clodus  R.  Smith— 5.5.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1960. 

HEAD,  DEPARTMENT  OF  AIR  SCIENCE 

Vernon  H.  Reeves— 5./i.,  Arizona  State  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 


Xll 


The  School 


The  Summer  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Ptrk  is  a 
significant  part  of  the  University's  academic  program.  Through  its  summer 
program,  which  includes  each  college  on  the  College  Park  campus,  the 
University  makes  its  resources  available  to  students  who  wish  to  accelerate 
their  studies  or  add  to  their  general  knowledge.  The  extensive  and  varied 
course  offerings,  lectures,  special  institutes,  and  workshops  are  planned 
jointly  by  the  Department  Heads,  Deans,  and  the  Director  of  the  Summer 
School.  The  courses  offered  in  the  summer  session  are  regular  University 
courses  taught  by  members  of  the  faculty  or  visiting  lecturers  of  outstanding 
ability.  Undergraduates  may  select  from  a  variety  of  courses,  including 
many  of  those  constituting  the  General  Education  Program  and  advanced 
courses  in  almost  all  fields.  Most  departments  also  offer  advanced  courses 
and  seminars  for  graduate  students.  The  various  workshops  and  institutes 
provide  additional  educational  opportunities  for  teachers  and  school  admin- 
istrators. Many  courses  also  meet  the  academic  needs  of  students  enrolled 
in  other  institutions  during  the  regular  school  year. 

A  Recreation  and  Social  Activities  Committee,  working  with  the 
Director  of  Summer  Recreation,  has  planned  a  varied  program  of  summer 
activities,  including  round  and  square  dancing,  movies,  vesper  services, 
band  concerts,  art  exhibits,  and  guided  tours  of  Washington.  There  will  also 
be  Softball,  tennis,  and  golf  tournaments,  and  a  summer  theater  workshop 
open  to  all  students.  The  University  swimming  pools  will  be  open  with 
scheduled  hours  each  afternoon  and  evening.  A  summer  recreation  staff  is 
available  to  counsel  with  groups  planning  social  events. 

More  than  8,500  students  from  the  fifty  states  and  several  foreign  coun- 
tries are  expected  to  attend  the  1967  Summer  School  during  the  eight-week 
period,  June  26  through  August  18,  within  which  are  included  eight-week 
and  six- week  courses,  and  workshops  and  institutes  of  varying  lengths. 


Academic  Information 

Terms  of  Admission 

All  Summer  School  students  new  to  the  University  must  be  ofl&cially  ad- 
mitted. This  applies  to  all  non-degree  as  well  as  degree  candidates. 

Undergraduate  and  Special  Students 

A  student  seeking  a  bachelor's  degree  in  any  undergraduate  college,  who 
has  not  been  previously  admitted  to  the  University,  must  file  application 
with  the  Director  of  Admissions  not  later  than  June  1,  1967. 

A  student  who  already  has  a  bachelor's  degree  and  who  either  does  not 
wish  graduate  credit  or  does  not  meet  requirements  for  admission  to  the 
Graduate  School  may  be  admitted  as  a  Special  Student  to  the  undergradu- 
ate college  consistent  with  his  major  interests.  He  should  be  admitted  to 
the  University  through  the  Director  of  Admissions  no  later  than  June  1, 
1967.  Credit  so  obtained  through  the  College  of  Education  is  ordinarily 
accepted  for  renewal  of  teaching  certificate.  A  Special  Student  may  not 
take  courses  numbered  200  or  above. 


Graduate  Students 

Application  fo  radmission  to  the  Graduate  School,  and  all  supporting  aca- 
demic records,  must  be  in  the  office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research  by  May  15,  1967. 

TRANSFER  CREDIT:  TO  ANOTHER  INSTITUTION.  The  Student  who  wishes 
to  transfer  credit  to  another  institution  should  submit  an  application  on 
which  he  writes  "For  Transfer  Only."  With  the  application  he  should 
submit  a  letter  from  the  graduate  dean  of  the  institution  in  which  he  is 
enrolled  as  a  degree  student  to  the  Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research,  University  of  Maryland,  permitting  him  to  take  course  work 
during  the  summer  at  the  University. 

TRANSFER    CREDIT:    TO    THE    UNIVERSITY    OF    MARYLAND.       Credit    not    tO 

exceed  six  semester  hours  for  course  work  at  other  recognized  institutions 
may  be  applied  towards  the  master's  degree  only  when  such  course  work 
has  been  taken  after  the  student  has  been  admitted  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  Graduate  School.  Before  taking  course  work  for  transfer,  the 
student  must  have  the  approval  of  his  adviser,  the  head  of  his  major  de- 
partment, and  the  Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 
Normally,  approval  may  be  given  only  for  courses  which  are  not  offered 
by  the  University  of  Maryland  during  the  period  of  the  student's  attend- 
ance. The  request  for  transfer  of  credit  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Graduate 
Council  for  approval  when  the  student  applies  for  admission  to  candidacy. 
The  candidate  is  subject  to  final  examination  by  this  institution  in  all  work 
offered  for  the  degree. 


Academic  Information 

SPECIAL  NON-DEGREE  CREDIT,  The  Student  who  akeady  has  a  master's 
degree  and  does  not  wish  to  pursue  a  doctoral  program  may  submit  an 
application  marked  "Non-Degree"  and  with  it  an  official  transcript  of  all 
previous  undergraduate  and  graduate  study.  If  the  student  later  desires  to 
embark  on  a  doctoral  program,  the  credit  earned  in  Special  Non-Degree 
status  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  major  adviser,  be  used  in  a  doctoral 
program. 

DEGREE  CREDIT.  The  Student  who  wishes  to  pursue  either  a  master's  or 
doctoral  program  must  submit  with  his  application  official  transcripts  of 
all  work  taken  in  institutions  of  higher  education.  The  applicant  is  subject 
to  admission  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School  and  of  the  department 
in  which  he  hopes  to  pursue  his  graduate  work. 

Academic  Credit 

The  semester  hour  is  the  unit  of  credit.  During  the  summer  session  a 
course  meeting  five  times  a  week  for  six  weeks  or  four  times  a  week  for 
eight  weeks,  each  requiring  the  normal  amount  of  outside  work,  is  given 
a  weight  of  three  semester  hours.  Each  class  period  is  80  mmutes  in  length. 

Students  who  are  matriculated  as  candidates  for  degrees  will  be  given  credit 
toward  the  appropriate  degree  for  satisfactory  completion  of  courses.  All 
courses  offered  in  the  Summer  School  are  applicable  toward  the  appropri- 
ate degree  provided  they  are  included  in  the  student's  program  as  planned 
with  his  adviser. 

All  students  will  receive  an  official  grade  report  specifying  the  amount  and 
quality  of  work  completed. 

Marking  System 

The  following  symbols  are  used  for  marks:  A,  B,  C,  and  D — passing; 
F — Failure;  I — Incomplete.  Mark  A  denotes  superior  scholarship;  B,  good 
scholarship;  C,  fair  scholarship;  and  D,  passing  scholarship.  The  mark  of 
"I"  (incomplete)  is  exceptional.  Complete  regulations  governing  marks  are 
printed  in  the  University's  General  and  Academic  Regulations. 

Maximum  Load 
Students  may  earn  credit  at  the  discretion  of  their  respective  advisers  in 
accordance  with  the  following  guide  lines: 

UNDERGRADUATES 

Students  enrolled  only  in  courses  of  eight-week  duration  may  earn 
eight  to  ten  credits. 

Students  enrolled  only  in  courses  of  six-week  duration  may  earn 
six  to  eight  credits. 

Students  enrolled  in  combinations  of  six-  and  eight-week  courses  may 
earn  seven  to  nine  credits. 

3 


Academic  Information 


GRADUATE 


Students  enrolled  only  in  courses  of  eight-week  duration  may  earn  a 
maximum  of  eight  credits. 

Students  enrolled  in  courses  of  six-week  duration  may  earn  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits. 

Students  enrolled  in  combinations  of  six-  and  eight-week  courses  may 
earn  a  maximum  of  seven  credits. 


Summer  Graduate  Work 

Appropriate  courses  offered  by  the  Summer  School  may  be  counted 
toward  the  various  doctoral  and  master's  degree  programs.  A  full  year  of 
residence  or  the  equivalent  is  the  minimum  requirement  for  each  degree. 
The  bulletin  of  the  Graduate  School  contains  a  full  description  of  the 
degrees  offered  and  the  requirements. 

For  graduate  students  pursuing  doctoral  work,  the  Summer  School  provides 
French  0  and  German  0  to  help  them  prepare  for  the  Fall  foreign  language 
examinations.  Please  contact  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  for  the 
exact  dates  for  application  and  examination. 

Special  regulations  governing  graduate  work  in  Education  and  supplement- 
ing the  statements  contained  in  the  Graduate  School  Announcements  may 
be  obtained  from  the  College  of  Education.  Students  seeking  the  master's 
degree  as  a  qualification  for  a  certificate  issued  by  the  Maryland  State  De- 
partment of  Education  or  any  other  certifying  agency  should  consult  the 
appropriate  bulletin  for  specific  requirements. 

All  students  desiring  graduate  credit,  whether  for  meeting  degree  require- 
ments, for  transfer  to  another  institution,  or  for  any  other  purpose,  must 
be  regularly  matriculated  and  registered  in  the  Graduate  School. 

Candidates  for  Degrees 

All  students  who  expect  to  complete  requirements  for  degrees  during  the 
summer  session  should  make  application  for  diplomas  at  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  during  the  first  three  weeks  of  the  summer  session. 

General  Education  Program 

The  University  has  instituted  a  new  series  of  related  course  requirements 
which  together  constitute  a  general  education  program. 

Essentially,  this  program  includes  nine  semester-hour  credits  of  English 
(three  credits  of  composition,  six  of  literature);  six  credits  in  history  (three 
credits  in  U.  S.  history  and  three  in  non-U.  S.  history);  six  credits  chosen 
from  various  fields  of  the  social  sciences;  seven  credits  in  science;  three 


General  Information 

credits  in  mathematics;  three  credits  in  fine  arts  or  in  philosophy.  Two 
semesters  of  physical  education  and  a  course  in  health  education  are  re- 
quired of  all  undergraduates. 

Specific  courses  which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  these  general  education  re- 
quirements are  administered  by  four  of  the  campus  colleges;  the  various 
offerings  are  coordinated  by  a  Director  of  the  General  Education  Program 
for  the  University.  Greater  detail  will  be  found  in  the  publication,  General 
and  Academic  Regulations. 

Advanced  Placement  Program 

Students  entering  the  University  from  secondary  school  may  obtain  ad- 
vanced placement  and  college  credit  on  the  basis  of  their  performance  in 
the  College  Board  Advanced  Placement  examinations.  These  examinations 
are  normally  given  to  eligible  high  school  seniors  during  the  May  preceding 
matriculation  in  college. 

Questions  about  the  program  may  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Registrations,  College  Deans,  or  the  Director  of  General  Educa- 
tion. Additional  information  is  presented  in  the  publication  An  Adventure 
in  Learning.  For  detailed  information  about  examinations  and  procedures  in 
taking  them,  write  to  the  Director  of  Advanced  Placement  Program,  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board,  475  Riverside  Drive,  New  York,  New  York 
10027. 


General  Information 

Registration 

Every  student  planning  to  register  for  one  or  more  courses  must  be  admitted 
to  the  University,  regardless  of  his  desire  to  become  a  degree  or  non-degree 
student.  See  information  on  page  v  on  Admissions. 

Day  division  students  currently  enrolled  in  the  University  as  undergraduates 
or  graduates  who  are  presently,  and  at  the  conclusion  of  the  Spring  1967 
Semester,  in  good  academic  standing  may  register  for  the  summer  session 
without  further  application.  All  new  graduate  students  must  obtain  admis- 
sion to  the  University  from  the  Graduate  School  before  registration. 

Registration  for  all  undergraduate  and  graduate  day  division  students  will 
take  place  in  accordance  with  Registration  Schedule  printed  on  page  vii 
of  this  catalog.  No  student  will  be  permitted  to  begin  registration  before  the 
time  listed  in  the  Registration  Schedule.  Registration  materials  will  be  dis- 
tributed in  Preinkert  Field  House  according  to  the  alphabetical  schedule  on 
Page  vii  of  this  catalog.  All  students  must  secure  registration  materials  at  the 
Preinkert  Field  House  before  going  to  deans  or  advisers.  Registration  ma- 
terials are  not  available  from  offices  of  deans  or  advisers.  Registration  cards 


General  Information 

must  be  approved  by  both  the  student's  adviser  and  dean.  Graduate  students 
must  secure  the  approval  of  the  Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research.  Graduate  students  in  The  College  of  Education  must  secure  the 
approval  of  the  Dean,  College  of  Education,  as  well  as  the  Vice  President 
for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 

After  approval,  registrations  are  completed  at  the  Armory  where  students 
secure  section  assignments,  receive  bills,  pay  fees,  and  submit  all  forms  to 
the  Registrar's  representatives.  Until  all  completed  forms  are  submitted  to 
the  Registrar's  representatives  and  fees  paid,  registration  is  neither  complete 
nor  official. 

Students  may  register  in  "late  registration"  at  the  Registrar's  Office  on  June 
28.  After  June  28,  exceptional  cases  may  be  registered  only  after  approval 
of  the  appropriate  dean.  The  late  registration  fee,  charged  on  and  after 
June  28,  is  $20.00. 

Length  of  Class  Period 

Classes  during  the  1967  summer  session  will  meet  on  the  following  time 
schedule: 

8:00—   9:20 

9:30—10:50 
11:00—12:20 
12:30—    1:50 

2:00—   3:20 

3:30—  4:50 
Weekly  Qass  Schedule 

6-week  classes 

2-credit  courses  meet  4  days  as  indicated  in  the  bulletin. 

3-credit  courses  meet  daily. 

4-credit  courses  meet  daily  and  include  multiple  periods  for  laboratory. 
8-week  classes 

2-credit  courses  meet  M.W.F. 

3-credit  courses  meet  M.T.Th.F. 

4-credit  courses  meet  daily,  plus  laboratory  time. 

Definition  of  Resident  and  Non-resident  Student 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the 
time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  the  State 
of  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by 


General  Information 

him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal 
residents  of  Maryland  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  six  months. 
However,  the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident 
status  to  resident  status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registra- 
tion period  set  for  any  semester  or  session. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their  regis- 
tration they  have  been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months,  pro- 
vided such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school 
or  college  in  Maryland  or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the 
armed  services  while  stationed  in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as 
satisfying  the  six-months  period  referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases 
in  which  the  adult  was  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months 
prior  to  his  entrance  into  the  armed  service  and  was  not  enrolled  in  any 
school  during  that  period. 

The  word  "domicile"  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be 
maintained. 


Tuition  and  Fees 


ALL  STUDENTS 


Auxiliary  facilities  fee $  3.00 

Infirmary  fee  (voluntary  for  graduate  students) 1.00 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee — Each  vehicle 5.00 

Recreation  fee   1.00 

UNDERGRADUATE  STUDENTS 

Tuition  per  credit  hour $18.00 

Nonresident  fee   15.00 

Per  session.  Must  be  paid  by  all  students  who  are  not 
residents  of  Maryland. 

Application  fee    10-00 

GRADUATE  STUDENTS 

Application  or  matriculation  fee 10.00 

Payable  only  once  upon  admission.  Every 
student  must  be  admitted. 

Tuition  per  credit  hour $24.00 

Testing  fee  (new  graduate  students  in  Education  only) 5.00 


General  Information 

miscellaneous  information 

Auditors  pay  the  same  fees  as  regular  students. 
Late  registration  fee,  $20.00 

A  special  laboratory  fee  is  charged  for  certain  courses  where  such  fee  is 
noted  in  the  course  description. 

A  fee  of  $5.00  is  charged  for  each  change  in  program  after  June  30. 
If  such  change  involves  entrance  to  a  course,  it  must  be  approved  by 
the  instructor  in  charge  of  the  course  entered.  Courses  cannot  be 
dropped  after  July  14.  All  changes  must  be  approved  by  the  appro- 
priate dean  and  filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

The  graduation  fee  is  $10.00  for  bachelor's  and  master's  degrees,  and 
$50.00  for  doctoral  degrees.  A  late  application  fee  of  $10.00  will  be 
assessed  against  students  who  fail  to  apply  for  graduation  within  the 
first  three  (3)  weeks  of  a  summer  session  (on  or  before  July  14). 
Students  who  apply  after  the  end  of  the  fourth  week  (after  July  21) 
of  a  summer  session  will  be  required  to  wait  for  the  next  academic 
semester  in  order  to  obtain  a  diploma. 

WITHDRAWAL  AND  REFUND  OF  FEES 

Any  student  compelled  to  leave  the  University  at  any  time  during  the 
summer  session  must  secure  the  Application  for  Withdrawal  form  from 
the  office  of  his  dean  and  file  it  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar,  bearing  the 
proper  signatures.  If  this  is  not  done,  the  student  will  not  be  entitled,  as 
a  matter  of  course,  to  a  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal,  and  will  forfeit 
his  right  to  any  refunds  to  which  he  would  otherwise  be  entitled.  The  date 
used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  Application  for  Withdrawal  is 
filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

In  the  case  of  a  minor,  official  withdrawal  will  be  permitted  only  with  the 
written  consent  of  the  student's  parent  or  guardian. 

With  the  exception  of  board  charges  and  the  matriculation  fee,  students 
withdrawing  from  the  University  will  receive  a  refund  of  all  charges  in 
accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Percentage 
Period  From  Date  Instruction  Begins  Refundable 

One  week  or  less   70% 

Between  one  and  two  weeks 50% 

Between  two  and  three  weeks  20% 

After  three  weeks    0 

No  refunds  of  fixed  charges,  lodging,  tuition,  laboratory  fees,  etc.,  are 
allowed  when  courses  are  dropped,  unless  the  student  withdraws  from  the 
University, 


8 


General  Information 

Living  Accommodations  and  Food  Service 

Residence  Hall  accommodations  are  available  only  to  students  who  are 
enrolled  in  the  Summer  School  or  authorized  workshops  and  conferences. 
When  students  terminate  their  academic  association  with  the  University, 
they  also  terminate  their  room  contract.  Listings  of  off  campus  rooms, 
apartments,  and  houses  are  available  in  the  Off  Campus  Housing  Ofl&ce, 
North  Administration  Building. 


The  facilities  of  the  residence  halls  typically  include  study  rooms,  lounges, 
recreation  centers,  laundry  equipment,  and  pubUc  telephones.  The  typical 
student  room  is  for  double  occupancy  and  is  furnished  with  beds,  chests, 
desks,  and  chairs.  Residents  supply  other  essential  items  such  as  study 
lamp,  waste  basket,  laundry  bag,  pillow,  linen,  and  other  accessories.  The 
Gordon-Davis  Linen  Supply  Company,  1620  North  11th  Street,  Philadel- 
phia, Pennsylvania  19122,  is  authorized  to  offer  all  resident  students  a 
complete  weekly  linen  rental  service.  Additional  information  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  company,  or  arrangements  for  linen  service  can  be  made 
after  arrival. 

All  students  are  held  responsible  for  compliance  with  University  regula- 
tions. 

Housing  accomodations  are  available  at  the  following  costs,  on  the  basis 
indicated: 

Regular  Residence  Halls  Double  Occupancy         Single  Occupancy 

Sk  week  session   $54.00  $  78.00 

Eight  week  session 72.00  104.00 

Weekly  rates  of  $9.00  for  double  room  and  $13.00  for  single  room  will 
be  charged  to  students  enrolled  in  workshops  and  other  special  courses  of 
less  than  six  weeks'  duration. 

No  room  deposit  is  required  for  the  summer  session;  however,  the  full 
applicable  room  charge  is  payable  at  registration.  No  refunds  of  room 
charges  will  be  made  after  the  third  week  of  classes. 

Early  application  for  a  reservation  is  advisable.  Only  those  who  have  made 
reservations  can  be  assured  that  rooms  are  available  for  occupancy  upon 
their  arrival.  To  make  application  for  campus  residence,  please  complete, 
sign  and  return  the  Room  Application  Card  found  in  this  bulletin.  The 
student  must  indicate  ( 1 )  exact  dates  and  number  of  weeks  of  attendance, 
(2)  his  classification  (e.g.,  graduate,  undergraduate,  Human  Development 
Workshop,  special  name  of  any  other  workshop,  Pre-College  Summer 
Session);  (3)  type  of  room  desired;  (4)  and  whether  he  wishes  to  eat  in 
a  University  dining  hall  and  pay  for  his  meals  at  registration.  It  is  impossible 
to  honor  all  room  assignment  requests.  Since  most  of  the  rooms  in  the  resid- 
ence halls  are  double  rooms,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  a  request  for  a 


General  Information 

single  room  can  be  granted.  Only  a  limited  number  of  single  rooms  are 
available  and  these  are  assigned  on  a  first  come,  first  served  basis.  Applic- 
ants will  be  notified  by  mail  after  June  1  of  the  time  and  place  to  claim 
their  rooms.  Do  not  call  or  write  prior  to  this  date.  Room  reservations  will 
be  cancelled  after  noon  on  Wednesday,  June  28. 

The  University  residence  halls  will  open  for  occupancy  at  2:00  p.m., 
Sunday,  June  25.  Room  assignment  is  for  the  summer  session  only.  Stu- 
dents will  be  expected  to  move  out  of  the  residence  halls  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  the  last  class  on  Friday,  August  18,  1967,  but  not  later  than 
7:00  p.m.  on  that  date.  Residence  hall  assignments  for  the  summer  in  no 
way  affect  housing  assignments  for  the  following  academic  year.  If  a  student 
is  to  be  a  full-time  undergraduate  during  the  regular  academic  year  and 
desires  campus  residence,  he  will  be  required  to  apply  for  a  residence  hall 
space  in  the  regular  way  by  submitting  a  Housing  Application  form  in 
accordance  with  instructions  outlined  in  the  Residence  Halls  booklet. 

The  following  steps  are  suggested  for  shipping  baggage:  (1)  address 
to:  Central  Receiving,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20740,  (2)  be  sure  all  postage,  shipping,  and  customs  duties  are  prepaid 
(shipments  will  not  be  accepted  unless  all  charges  are  prepaid),  and  (3) 
upon  arriving  at  the  University,  call  for  luggage  at  the  Central  Receiving 
Warehouse.  The  University  does  not  make  delivery  to  the  residence  units. 

Food  Service  is  available  to  all  students  under  the  following  options: 

(a)  Cafeteria  style  with  cash  payment  for  each  individual  meal. 

(b)  On  a  Food  Plan  basis  payable  in  full  at  registration  as  follows. 

$72.00  for  the  Six  Weeks  Session 
$96.00  for  the  Eight  Weeks  Session 

Food  services  cannot  be  contracted  on  a  weekly  basis.  The  Food  Plan 
includes  twenty  meals  each  week.  The  Sunday  evening  meal  is  not  included. 

Refund  of  the  Food  Plan  charges  will  be  made  only  in  the  case  of 
withdrawal  from  the  University  or  the  residence  halls.  This  refund  will  be 
made  on  a  pro  rata  weekly  basis. 

Student  Health 

The  University  Infirmary,  located  on  the  campus  near  the  Student  Union, 
provides  medical  service  for  the  undergraduate  students  in  the  summer 
session,  and  also  for  those  graduate  students  who  elect  to  pay  the  $1.00 
Health  Service  fee.  Students  who  are  ill  should  report  promptly  to  the 
University  Infirmary  in  person.  Serious  emergencies  may  be  reported  by 
phone  to  Ext.  3444,  or  if  transportation  for  emergency  is  needed, 
call  3555  on  campus  phone  or  454-3555  on  a  pay  phone.  Doctor's  office 
hours  are:  week  days,  9:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m.;  week  ends,  10:00  a.m.  to 

10 


General  Information 

1 1 :  00  a.m.  Nurses  are  on  duty  24  hours  each  day,  and  doctors  are  on  call 
for  serious  conditions  after  regular  office  hours. 

Automobile  Registration 

All  students  are  required  to  register  their  automobiles  at  the  time  of  regis- 
tration for  classes.  Students  must  bring  the  state  or  District  of  Columbia 
automobile  registration  card  containing  the  automobile  tag  number.  Auto- 
mobiles previously  registered  for  the  1966-67  academic  year  will  be 
honored  for  the  1967  summer  session.  For  automobiles  operated  by  new 
students  or  non  registered  cars  operated  by  continuing  students,  there  will 
be  a  five  dollar  ($5.00)  registration  fee. 

For  use  of  students,  staff  members,  and  employees,  several  parking  lots  are 
provided.  Students  may  park  in  lots  1,  2,  3,  7,  and  11  during  the  summer 
session.  All  other  lots  are  reserved  for  faculty  and  staff  members.  Visitor 
wells  are  reserved  for  visitors  and  guests  at  all  times.  The  University  Regu- 
lations forbid  the  parking  of  cars  on  any  campus  road.  These  regulations  are 
enforced  by  the  Campus  Police  Department. 

If  you  do  not  intend  to  operate  a  vehicle  on  the  College  Park  Campus  dur- 
ing the  1966-1967  academic  year  or  sunmier  session,  you  are  required  to 
sign  a  non-driver  declaration. 

Libraries 

Libraries  of  the  University  are  located  on  the  College  Park  and  Baltimore 
campuses.  They  consist  of  the  general  University  Library  (the  McKeldin 
Library),  the  Engineering  and  Physical  Sciences  Library,  and  the  Chem- 
istry Library  in  College  Park;  and  the  Health  Sciences  Library  and  the 
Law  Library  in  Baltimore.  The  libraries  have  a  total  book  collection  of 
over  850,000  cataloged  volumes  and  currently  receive  more  than  8,000 
periodicals  and  newspapers. 

In  addition  to  the  total  of  cataloged  volumes  cited  above,  the  College 
Park  libraries  contain  over  140,000  U.  S.  government  and  United  Na- 
tions documents,  340,000  negatives  and  prints,  2,600  film  strips,  5,150 
slides,  and  thousands  of  phonograph  records,  maps,  and  technical  reports. 

Bibliographical  facilities  of  these  Ubraries  include,  in  addition  to  the  card 
catalogs,  printed  catalogs  of  other  libraries,  e.g.,  British  Museum,  Bib- 
liotheque  Nationale,  and  Library  of  Congress,  as  well  as  trade  bibliogra- 
phies of  foreign  countries,  special  bibhographies  of  subject  fields,  and  simi- 
lar research  aids. 

Study  carrels  in  the  McKeldin  Library  are  available  to  faculty  members 
and  graduate  students  whose  study  and  research  require  extensive  use  of 
library  materials.  Lockers  are  likewise  available  for  assignment  to  graduate 
students.  Facilities  for  reading  microtext  materials,  for  typing,  and  for 
copying  are  also  provided.  Interlibrary  loan  service  from  other  institutions 
is  provided  for  those  engaged  in  research. 

11 


General  Information 

University  Bookstore 

For  the  convenience  of  students,  the  University  maintains  a  University 
Bookstore,  located  in  the  Student  Union  Building,  where  students  may 
obtain  at  reasonable  prices  textbooks,  stationery,  classroom  materials,  and 
equipment.  The  Bookstore  operates  on  a  cash  basis. 

For  Additional  Information 

Detailed  information  concerning  fees  and  expenses,  scholarships  and 
awards,  student  life,  and  other  material  of  a  general  nature,  may  be  found 
in  the  University  publication  titled  An  Adventure  in  Learning.  This  pub- 
lication may  be  obtained  on  request  from  the  Catalog  MaiUng  Room, 
North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 
A  detailed  explanation  of  the  regulation  of  student  and  academic  Ufe 
may  be  found  in  the  University  publication  titled.  University  General  and 
Academic  Regulations.  This  is  mailed  in  September  and  February  of 
each  year  to  all  new  undergraduate  students.  Requests  for  course  catalogs 
for  the  individual  schools  and  colleges  should  be  directed  to  the  deans 
of  these  respective  units,  addressed  to: 

COLLEGES  LOCATED  AT  COLLEGE  PARK: 

Dean 

(College  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20740 

PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS  LOCATED  AT  BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
Lombard  and  Greene  Streets 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 


12 


special  Summer  Activities 

As  an  integral  part  of  its  summer  program,  the  University  offers  a  Sum- 
mer Lecture  Series;  institutes  supported  by  the  National  Science  Founda- 
tion, National  Defense  Education  Act,  and  other  granting  organizations; 
and  specialized  educational  activities  through  workshops.  Specific  informa- 
tion about  these  events  is  provided  below. 

The  Summer  Lecture  Series 

A  series  of  lectures  for  members  of  the  University  community  is  planned 
for  the  1967  summer  session.  A  committee  of  the  faculty  selects  the  theme 
for  the  lectures  and  invites  the  speakers,  usually  distinguished  scholars, 
national  leaders,  or  important  state  or  University  officials.  The  lectures  thus 
become  a  contribution  to  the  social  and  cultural  offerings  of  the  summer 
session.  They  are  scheduled  for  the  convenience  of  the  students  and  faculty 
in  air  conditioned  faciUties  on  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Institutes  and  Workshops 

Communication  regarding  institutes  and  workshops  should  be  addressed 
to  the  director,  as  indicated,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Mary- 
land 20740. 

All  workshops  and  institute  students  must  be  admitted  to  the  University 
according  to  procedures  described  on  page  2. 

Institutes 

NATIONAL  DEFENSE  EDUCATION  ACT 

Institute  for  Advanced  Study  of  Industry  for  Industrial  Arts  Teachers 
Dr.  Donald  Maley,  Industrial  Education  Department 

Institute  for  Secondary  School  Teachers  of  English 
Dr.  John  Portz,  English  Department 

Institute  for  Secondary  School  Teachers  of  History 
Dr.  Helen  Rivlin,  History  Department 

NATIONAL  SCIENCE  FOUNDATION 

Institute  for  High  School  Teachers  of  Biology 

Dr.  J.  David  Lockard,  College  of  Education  and  Botany 

Institute  for  Teachers  of  Mathematics  in  Junior  High  School 
Dr.  Stanley  B.  Jackson,  Mathematics  Department 

U.  S.  OFFICE  OF  EDUCATION 

Maryland  Elementary  Mathematics  Inservice  Training  Project 

Dr.  James  H.  Henkelman,  College  of  Education  and  Mathematics 

13 


Institutes  and  Workshops 

Workshops 

Advances  in  Health  Science  and  Health  Education 

Dr.  Warren  R.  Johnson,  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
and  Health 

Consumer  Education  and  Family  Finance 

Prof.  C.  Raymond  Anderson,  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration 

Early  Childhood  Education 

Dr.  James  L.  Hymes,  Jr.,  College  of  Education 

Economic  Education 

Mr.  Matthew  Gibney,  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration 

Educators  Workshop  on  Automatic  Data  Processing 

Dr.  Arthur  S.  Patrick,  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration 

European  Travel  Seminar 

Dr.  Leo  W.  O'Neill,  College  of  Education 

Human  Development — Two-week  workshops 
Child  Study  Leaders 

Application  of  Human  Development  Principles  in  the  Classroom 
Action  Research  in  Human  Development  Education 
Dr.  Agnes  Hatfield,  College  of  Education 

Human  Relations  in  Educational  Administration 
Dr.  Clarence  Newell,  College  of  Education 

Instructional  Materials 

Prof.  Dale  W.  Brown,  Library  Science  Education 

Scholastic  Journalism 

Prof.  William  Noall,  Department  of  Journalism 

Supervision  of  Student  Teachers 

Dr.  Robert  B.  Ashlock,  College  of  Education 

Team  Teaching 

Dr.  George  Funaro,  College  of  Education 

Trade  and  Industrial  Teacher  Certification 

Prof.  Robert  P.  Mertens,  Department  of  Industrial  Education 

Typewriting  Demonstration  for  Business  Education  Teachers 

Prof.  Jane  O'Neill,  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration 


14 


Institutes  and  Workshops 

ADVANCEMENTS  IN  HEALTH  SCIENCE  AND 
HEALTH  EDUCATION  (Hea.  189)  three  or  six  credits 

An  Institute  will  be  provided  for  the  updating  of  teachers,  nurses  and  others 
concerned  with  the  health  and  health  education  of  school-aged  children  and 
youth.  Topics  covered  will  include:  major  health  hazards,  mental  health 
and  social  adjustment,  sex  education,  consumer  education  and  problems 
and  trends  in  health  education. 

Guest  speakers  and  discussion  leaders  will  be  specialists  from  the  National 
Institutes  of  Health  and  other  health  centers. 

Six-week  participation,  six  hours  credit;  three  week  participation,  three 
hours  credit,  8:30-11:30  a.m.  daily,  June  28-August  4. 

CONSUMER  EDUCATION  AND 

FAMILY  FINANCE  WORKSHOP  (Sec.  Ed.  114,  115)  six  credits 

The  Workshop  is  designed  to  combine  content  with  teaching  methods  and 
materials  for  consumer  education  and  financial  planning  subjects  in  the 
public  schools.  Areas  of  interest  include  consumer  buying,  use  of  credit, 
consumer  economics,  banking  and  investments,  taxation,  insurance,  estate 
planning,  and  family  financial  planning.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the  role 
of  the  consumer  in  the  American  free  enterprise  system. 

Scholarships  covering  full  tuition  and  board  are  available  to  qualified 
applicants  since  this  program  is  supported  by  the  National  Committee  for 
Education  in  Family  Finance. 

WORKSHOP  IN  EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION  (Ed.  189-12) 
three  credits 

WORKSHOP  ON  ECONOMIC  EDUCATION  (Ed.  189-9)  three  credits 

The  workshop  on  economic  education  is  designed  specifically  for  element- 
ary teachers  and  principals  who  are  interested  in  studying  ways  of  intro- 
ducing economic  concepts  into  the  elementary  school  curriculum.  The 
purpose  of  the  workshop  is  to  give  teachers  a  better  understanding  of  the 
basic  principles  of  economics  and  to  assist  teachers  in  developing  instruc- 
tional units  for  the  elementary  school. 

A  full-time  economist  and  an  elementary  school  specialist  will  be  on  the 
staff  in. addition  to  outstanding  guest  lecturers  on  specific  topics. 

The  workshop  will  meet  daily  from  June  28  to  July  14  from  9:30  to  3:30. 
The  workshop  is  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Council  on  Economic  Education 
in  Maryland  and  the  College  of  Education  with  tuition  scholarships 
available. 


75 


Institutes  and  Workshops 

EDUCATOR'S  WORKSHOP  ON  AUTOMATIC 
DATA  PROCESSING  (Ed.  189-53)  six  credits 

This  workshop  should  be  of  particular  interest  to  those  persons  teaching 
and  supervising  courses  in  business  and  mathematics.  No  formal  mathe- 
matics is  required  as  a  prerequisite  to  this  workshop. 

Opportunities  will  be  provided  to  study  ( 1 )  the  principles  of  IBM  punch- 
card  data  systems,  (2)  the  basic  concepts  of  computers,  (3)  a  program- 
ming language  and  (4)  the  construction  of  courses,  curriculum  design,  and 
the  qualifications  of  teachers  in  ADP. 

Workshop  lectures  are  scheduled  from  9:00  a.m.  to  12.00  and  special 
laboratories  and  conferences  from  1:30  to  3:00  p.m.,  June  28-August  4. 

EUROPEAN  TRAVEL  SEMINAR  (189-73)  six  credits 

The  seminar  is  an  opportunity  to  travel  and  study  abroad  this  summer. 
The  tour  will  cover  the  major  continental  capitals,  London,  Rome  and 
Paris  with  visits  to  historic  buildings,  leading  museums  and  galleries,  as 
well  as  attendance  at  concerts,  theatre  and  the  ballet.  During  the  six  week 
seminar,  students  will  be  free  to  make  their  own  travel  arrangements  on 
weekends  as  well  as  during  a  designated  period  at  the  end  of  the  first  month 
of  the  tour,  for  special  interest  activities. 

HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT— Two-week  Workshops 
CHILD  STUDY  LEADERS  w^ORKSHOP  (ed.  189-33)  two  credits 

For  leaders  and  prospective  leaders  of  child  and  youth  study  groups  who 
cannot  attend  the  full  six  weeks  workshop,  a  two-week  workshop  will  be 
held  on  the  University  campus  from  June  26  to  July  7.  Each  day's  activi- 
ties will  include  a  lecture-discussion  period  centering  around  major  scien- 
tific concepts  explaining  growth,  development,  and  behavior;  laboratory 
periods  for  analyzing  case  record  material  at  the  first,  second,  or  third 
year  level  of  the  program;  reading  and  special  interest  periods.  Partici- 
pants will  choose  the  year  level  of  the  group  they  expect  to  lead.  Two 
hours  credit  can  be  earned  for  full  time  participation  in  this  workshop. 

APPLICATIONS  OF  HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT  PRINCIPLES  IN  CLASSROOMS 

(ED.  189-35)  two  credits. 

For  people  who  have  had  three  or  more  years  of  child  ^,tudy  experience 
either  in  workshops  or  in  groups  during  the  school  year,  a  two  credit  work- 
shop will  be  held  at  the  University  from  July  10  to  July  21.  Classroom 
practices  will  be  examined  in  the  light  of  human  development  principles, 
and  procedures  will  be  studied  for  possible  beyond-third-year  action  re- 
search projects  during  the  school  year.  Opportunities  will  be  offered  also  to 
superintendents,  supervisors,  and  principals  who  are  interested  in  exploring 
the  implications  of  human  development  principles  for  school  operation. 

16 


Institutes  and  Workshops 

ACTION   RESEARCH  IN   HUMAN   DEVELOPMENT   EDUCATION    (ED.    189-37) 

two  credits 

A  workshop  for  teachers  and  other  school  personnel  who  are  interested 
in  learning  more  about  action  research  or  in  initiating  action  research 
projects  in  their  own  schools.  This  two  credit  workshop  will  be  held  at  the 
University  from  July  24  to  August  4.  The  role  of  action  research  in  the 
solution  of  educational  problems  will  be  emphasized.  Participants  will  have 
the  opportunity  to  learn  about  and  to  develop  designs  and  instruments  for 
carrying  out  action  research  in  their  own  schools  and  classrooms.  Pref- 
erence in  enrollment  will  be  given  to  persons  coming  as  teams  for  the 
purpose  of  developing  an  action  research  design  for  implementation  in 
their  own  school  or  school  system. 


HUMAN  RELATIONS  IN  EDUCATIONAL  ADMINISTRATION 
(Ed.  189-26)  six  credits 

This  workshop  is  concerned  with  the  development  of  leadership  teams 
capable  of  providing  in-service  programs  in  human  relations  in  local 
school  systems.  In  addition  to  basic  theory,  the  workshop  will  center  on 
the  practice  and  acquisition  of  specific  human  relations  skills. 

Preference  in  enrollment  will  be  given  to  teams  representing  Maryland 
school  systems  which  have  participated  in  the  workshop  in  the  past,  and 
to  teams  of  four  to  six  persons  designated  by  other  Maryland  school 
systems. 

Enrollment  in  the  workshop  will  be  limited.  Applications  for  team  par- 
ticipation from  local  school  systems  will  be  processed  in  the  order  received. 
If  more  than  one  application  is  received  at  the  same  time,  the  director 
of  the  workshop  will  make  the  final  decision. 

The  workshop  will  meet  daily  from  9:00  a.m.  to  3:00  p.m.,  June  28 
through  August  4.  A  student  may  earn  six  semester  hours  of  graduate  credit. 

INSTRUCTIONAL  MATERIALS   (Ed.   189-8)    three  credits 

The  Workshop  in  Instructional  Materials  will  be  offered  for  school  libra- 
rians at  all  levels,  school  administrators,  and  classroom  teachers  in  grades 
kindergarten  to  twelve,  July  24,  to  August  11.  It  is  designed  to  give  libra- 
rians, teachers,  and  other  school  personnel  an  opportunity  to  work  to- 
gether on  problems  in  the  selection,  organization  and  utilization  of  in- 
structional materials  in  school  programs.  Consideration  will  be  given 
to  materials  of  all  types,  including:  books,  films,  filmstrips,  records,  free 
and  inexpensive  materials.  All  grade  levels  and  subject  areas  will  be  in- 
cluded. A  student  may  earn  three  hours  of  graduate  or  undergraduate 
credit  in  Education  or  Library  Science. 


17 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
College  Park  Campus 


BUILDING  CODE  LETTERS 

FOR  CLASS  SCHEDIILES 

A 

Arts  and  Scirncs-  Fi.in,  i.  S.  olt   K.y  Hall 

Taliaf.TTO  Hall 

AA 

Nursery  School 

AR 

Armory 

B 

Acii.iiliural   I'ulili.al.nns 

BB 

Center  of  Adult  Education 

IB 

Administration 

C 

Chemistry 

CC 

Zoology 

Col 

Coliseum 

D 

Dairy — Tuincr  I-aboratory 

DD 

Psychology  Research  Laboratory 

E 

Agronomy — Botany— H.  J    Patterson  Hall 

EE 

Psyihology 

F 

Horticulture— Holzapfcl  Hall 

FF 

Temporary  Classroom 

O 

Journalism 

GG 

Cole  Student  Activities  Building 

H 

Home  Economics 

HH 

I 

Agricultural  Engineering — Shriver  Laboratory 

II 

Poultry— Jull  Hall 

J 

Engineering  Classroom  Building 

JJ 

Engines  Researeh  Laboratory   (Molecular  Physics) 

K 

Zoology— Silvester  Hall 

KK 

North  Administration  Building 

L 

Library— McKcldin  Hall 

LL 

Foreign  Languages  Building 

M 

Psychology— Morrill  Hall 

MM 

Computer  Science  Center 

N 

Shoemaker  Building 

NN 

Fine  Arts  Building 

O 

Agriculture — Symons  Hall 

oo 

College  of  Education  and  Classroom  Building 

p 

Industrial  Arts  and  Education 

—J,  M-  PatteiTion  Building 

Q 

Business  and  Public  Administration 

and  Classroom  Building 

R 

Classroom  Building— Woods  Hall 

S 

Engineering  Laboratories 

Sb 

Student  Union 

SS 

Space  Sciences 

T 

Skinner  Building 

U 

Chemical  Engineering 

V 

Wind  Tunnel 

w 

Preinkert  Field  House 

X 

Judging  Pavilion 

Y 

Mathematics 

Z 

Physics 

Sororities  Not  bhown          Fraternities  Not  Shown           j 

Alpha  Xi  Delta                   Tau  Epsilon  Phi 

Phi  Epsilon  Pi 

Tau  Kappa  Epsilon 

Institutes  and  Workshops 

SCHOLASTIC  JOURNALISM  WORKSHOP 

(Jour.  189  S)  three  credits 

The  Scholastic  Journalism  Workshop  is  sponsored  by  the  Department  of 
ij'lh'S  m  cooperation  with  the  Maryland-Delaware  Press  Association 
and  the  Maryland  Scholastic  Press  Advisers  Association. 

L^t'^^'.^K'^^P  ^°'  '""^^"^  publications  advisers  puts  emphasis  on  the  news- 
paper with  some  attention  to  the  yearbook  and  the  magazine.  Latest  trends 
m  downstyle  heads,  horizontal  makeup  and  depth  reporting  are  stressed 
when  covering  the  teaching  of  objectives,  reporting,  feature  writing  head- 
hne  writing,  head  schedule,  layout,  production,  circulation,  adTerdsTng 
photography  staff  organization.  One  edition  of  a  tabloid  newspaper  is 
produced  under  supervision  by  members  of  the  workshop,  and  the  group 
visits  production  plants  to  observe  reproduction  processes 

S!?nf 'P'  °^o^^^  ^^"^  ^^^^  ^°^^"°g  ^I'OOO  are  provided  by  the  Mary- 
land-Delaware Press  Association  and  the  Wilmington  (Del.)  News-Journal 
for  teachers  m  Maryland  and  Delaware.  They  are  administered  by  Prof 
WiDiam  F.  Noall,  director  of  the  workshop,  on  a  first-come  first-served 

J^arf'c^f^^nn^^'''!l^^nn  ^^  I'^.'jf !  '^  scholastic  journalism,  meets  from 
10.00  to  12.00  and  1:00  to  3:30  daily,  June  28-July  14,  1967  Three 
hours  of  credit  may  be  earned. 

SUPERVISION  OF  STUDENT  TEACHERS  (Ed.  189-7)  three  credits 
The  workshop  is  planned  for  qualified  and  experienced  teachers  who 
may  be  assigned  a  student  teacher  during  the  school  year.  The  character- 
stics  of  good  student  teaching  programs  are  studied,  as  well  as  such 
topics  as  the  role  of  the  cooperating  teacher,  university  supervisor,  prin- 
cipal, etc.  Research  material,  consultants,  and  teacher  education  litera- 
ture are  used. 

The  workshop  will  provide  both  large  and  small  group  activities.  These 
acivities  will  include  formal  presentations  by  the  instructional  staff,  in- 
cluding visiting  consultants.  It  will  also  provide  opportunities  to  study 
and  discuss  problems  and  materials  related  to  this  phase  of  teacher  edu- 
cation. The  roles  and  responsibilities  of  supervisory  personnel  will  also  be 
considered. 

The  workshop  will  meet  9 :  30  a.m.-3 :  30  p.m.  daily  from  June  28  to  July  14. 

TEAM  TEACHING  (Ed.  189-57)  three  credits 

A  workshop  on  team  teaching  will  be  offered  to  classroom  teachers  and 
school  administrators  for  three  weeks  from  June  28  to  July  14  It  is  de- 
signed to  give  the  teachers  and  administrators  an  opportunity  to  develoo 
team  teaching  projects  to  be  implemented  in  their  local  schools.  Teams 
of  teachers  from  mdividual  schools  are  encouraged  to  make  appUcation. 

18 


Institutes  and  Workshops 

Team  teaching  is  an  organizational  concept  for  instruction  in  which  a 
group  of  teachers,  in  a  cooperative  venture,  may  undertake  an  educa- 
tional program  that  provides  more  challenging  opportunities  and  enrich- 
ing experiences  for  students.  Team  teaching  proposes  to  improve  in- 
struction through  the  reorganization  of  personnel,  resulting  in  a  team  of 
two  or  more  teachers  with  complimentary  talents  working  cooperatively, 
who  assume  joint  responsibility  for  the  planning,  administration  and 
evaluation  of  the  educational  program  for  a  distinct  student  group.  Large 
group  instruction,  small  group  instruction,  independent  study,  programmed 
instruction,  and  other  newer  media  of  instruction  will  be  considered. 
Lectures  will  include  some  given  by  school  personnel  who  have  been  in- 
volved in  successful  team  teaching  experiences.  The  workshop  will  meet 
daily  from  9:30  a.m.  to  3:30  p.m.  Enrollment  will  be  limited  and  pref- 
erences will  be  given  to  teachers  with  two  or  more  years  of  experience. 

TRADE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  TEACHER  CERTIFICATION 
WORKSHOP  (Ed.  189-67)  one  credit 

TYPEWRITING    DEMONSTRATION   FOR   BUSINESS    EDUCATION 
TEACHERS 

The  College  of  Education  offers  the  business  teacher  registered  during  the 
summer  session  an  opportunity  to  observe  pupils  at  work  in  a  typewriting 
class.  These  observations  will  aid  the  classroom  teacher  in:  (1)  designing 
purposeful  classroom  activities  for  developing  basic  typewriting  skills,  (2) 
planning  with  the  pupil  the  organization  of  an  effective  set  of  "work" 
habits,  (3)  analyzing  through  case  studies  the  methods  of  deaUng  with 
the  various  aspects  of  individual  pupil  progress,  (4)  applying  the  principles 
of  the  psychology  of  skills  to  the  teaching  of  typewriting,  and  (5)  develop- 
ing improved  methods  for  course  construction,  selection  of  instructional 
materials,  and  measuring  pupil  achievement. 


19 


Course  Offerings 

An  "S"  before  a  course  number  denotes  that  the  course  is  offered  in  Sum- 
mer School  only.  An  "S"  after  a  course  number  indicates  a  regular  course 
modified  for  offering  during  the  summer  session.  A  more  complete  course 
description  may  be  found  in  the  respective  college  catalogues. 

The  University  may  find  it  necessary  to  cancel  courses  due  to  low  enroll- 
ment. In  general,  freshman  and  sophomore  courses  will  not  be  maintained 
for  classes  smaller  than  20.  Minimum  enrollments  for  upper  level  under- 
graduate courses  and  graduate  courses  will  be   15  and  10  respectively. 

AGRICULTURE 

AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS 

A.E.  112.     Agricultural  Policy  and  Programs.  (3) 

/une  28-Aug.  18;  9:30  Daily.  O-240.  A  study  of  public  policies  and  programs 
related  to  the  problem  of  Agriculture.  Description,  analysis  and  appraisal  of 
current  policies  and  programs  will  be  emphasized.  (BeaL) 

A.E.  198.  Special  Problems.  (1-2)   (2  cr.  max.) 

Arranged.  Concentrated  reading  and  study  in  some  phase  or  problem  in  Agri- 
cultural Economics.   Not  for  graduate  credit.  (Staff.) 

A.E.  301.  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural  Economics.  (1-2) 

Arranged.  Intensive  study  and  analysis  of  specific  problems  in  the  field  of 
Agricultural  Economics,  which  will  provide  information  in  depth  in  areas  of 
special  interest  to  the  student.  (Staff  ) 

A.E.  399.  Research.   (1-6) 

Arranged.    Advanced  research  in  Agricultural  Economics.  (Staff.) 

AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 
Agr.  Engr.  189.    Senior  Problem.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  Department.  Students  will  select  individual  projects, 
prepare  design,  conduct  experiment  or  analyze  experimental  data  and  present 
both  an  oral  and  written  report  to  departmental  faculty.  (Staff.) 

Agr.  Engr.  198.  Special  Problems  in  Farm  Mechanics    (1-3) 

t^ic^SL^^llT'''''''^'  T'uT^'  °^  department.  Not  acceptable  for  majors  in 
agricultural  engineering.    Problems  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of  credit. 

(Gienger.) 

Agr.  Engr.  301    Special  Problems  in  Agricultural 
Engineering.   (1-6) 

'^"°^^^-  (Staff.) 

Agr.  Engr.  399.  Research.    (1-6) 

^^^-  (Staff.) 

20 


Agronomy 

AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION 

R.Ed.  170,  171.  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources.  (3,  3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Arranged;  E-103.  Fee,  $35.00.  Designed  primarily  for  teach- 
ers. Study  of  State's  natural  resources— soil,  water,  fisheries,  wildlife,  forests  and 
minerals— and  natural  resource  problems  and  practices.  Extensive  field  study. 
First  course  concentrates  on  subject  matter,  second  includes  methods  of  teaching 
conservation.    Courses  taken  concurrently  in  summer  session.  (Good.) 

R.Ed.  180,   181.  Critique  in  Rural  Education.   (1,   1) 

Arranged.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  Current  problems  and  trends  in  ^^ 
education.  ^ 

R.Ed.  198.  Special  Problems.  (1-3) 

Arranged.    Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  (Staff.) 

R.Ed.  207,  208.  Special  Topics  in  Rural  Education.  (2,  2) 

Arranged.  Permission  of  instructor.  (Krebs,  Cardozier.) 

R.Ed.  301.  Special  Problems.  (1-3) 

Arranged.    Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  (Staff.) 

R.Ed.  302.  Seminar  in  Rural  Education.  (1) 

Arranged  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  Problems  in  the  organization,  ad- 
ministration and  supervision  of  the  several  agencies  of  rural  education  In- 
vestigations, papers  and  reports.  (a  an.) 

R.Ed.  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

A  (Staff.) 

Arranged. 

AGRONOMY 

Agron.  198.  Special  Problems  in  Agronomy.  (1) 

\rranged.  Prerequisites,  Agron.  10,  107,  108  or  permission  of  instructor. 
A   detailed   study,   including   a  written   report   of   an   important   problem   in 

(Stall.) 
agronomy. 

Agron.  208.  Research  Methods.  (2) 

Arranged  Prerequisite,  permission  of  staff.  Development  of  research  viewpoint 
by  detailed  study  and  report  on  crop  research  of  the  Maryland  Expenment 
Station  or  review  of  literature  on  specific  phases  of  problem.  (Statf.) 

Agron.  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged. 

Geol.  1.  Geology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug  18-  M.T.Th.F.  A  study  dealing  primarily  with  the  principles  of 
dynamical  and  structural  geology.  Designed  to  giye  a  general  survey  of  the 
rocks  and  minerals  composing  the  earth  movement  within  it  and  its  surface 
features  and  the  agents  that  form  them.  (Staff.) 

Section  1—  8:00;  E-305. 
Section  2—11:00;  E-305. 

21 


Botany 

ANIMAL  SCIENCE 

An.Sc.  198.  Special  Problems  IN  Animal  Science.  (1-2)  (4  cr.  max.) 

Arranged.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  A  course  designed  for  advanced  under- 
graduates in  which  specific  problems  relating  to  animal  science  will  be  assigned. 

(Staff.) 

An.Sc.  301.  Special  Problems  in  Animal  Science.  (1-2)  (4cr.  max.) 

Arranged.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount 
of  credit.  Problems  will  be  assigned  which  relate  specifically  to  the  character 
of  work  the  student  is  pursuing.  (Staff.) 

An.Sc.  399.  Research.  (1-12) 

Arranged.  Students  will  be  required  to  pursue  original  research  in  some  phase 
of  animal  science,  carrying  the  same  to  completion,  and  report  the  results  in 
the  form  of  a  thesis.  (Staff.) 


BOTANY 

Box.  1.   General  Botany.    (4) 

June   29-Aug.    18;  Lecture   M.T.Th.F.,   8:00,   E-001.    Laboratory   fee,   $8.00. 
General  introduction  to  Botany.   Emphasis  on  the  fundamental  biological  prin- 
ciples of  higher  plants.  (Harrison,  assistants.) 
Lab.  section  1— M.T.Th.F.,     9:00-10:50;  E  244. 
Lab.  section  2— M.T.Th.F.,  11:00-12:50;  E-244. 
Lab.  section  3— M.T.Th.F.,  12:30-  2:20;  E-247. 

BoT.  HI.  Plant   Anatomy.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  Lecture,  M.T.,  10:00-10:50,  E-305;  laboratory,  M.T.Th.F., 
8:00-9:30,  E-211.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  110  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 
The  origin  and  development  of  the  organs  and  tissue  systems  in  the  vascular 
plants.  (Rappleye.) 

BoT.  136.  Plants  and  Mankind.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  1:00-1:50,  E-305.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1  or  equiva- 
lent. A  survey  of  the  plants  which  are  utilized  by  man,  the  diversity  of  such 
utilization,  and  their  historic  and  economic  significance.  (Open  only  to  par- 
ticipants in  the  N.S.F.  Institute).  (Rappleye.) 

BoT.  151-S.   Teaching  Methods  in  Botany.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  Demonstrations  M.TTh.F.,  1:00-2:50,  E-251.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  1  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.00.  A  study  of  the  biological  prin- 
ciples of  common  plants,  and  demonstrations,  projects,  and  visual  aids  suitable 
for  teaching  in  primary  and  secndary  schools.  Open  only  to  participants  in  the 
N.S.F.  Institute.  (Rappleye.) 

BoT.  195.  Tutorial  Readings  in  Botany  (Honors  course)  (2  or  3) 

Time  and  place  arranged.    See  general  catalog  for  details. 

Box.  196.  Research  Problems  in  Botany  (Honors  Course)  (2  or  3) 
Prerequisite,  Bot.  195.   Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  For  details,  see  general  catalog. 

22 


Botany 

Box.  199-S.  Seminar  for  National  Science   Foundation   Summer 
Institute  for  Biology  Teachers.  (2) 

June  29- Aug.  18;  two  or  three  hour  sessions,  W  9  and  2,  or  all  day  visitations. 
Laboratory  fee  required.  Includes  lectures,  discussions,  laboratory  demonstra- 
tions, and  visitations  in  the  field  of  biological  sciences,  especially  designed  for 
high  school.  (Open  only  to  participants  in  the  N.S.F.  Institute  for  Biology 
Teachers ) .  (Lockard. ) 

BoT.  399.    Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 


ENTOMOLOGY 

Ent.  S-121.  Entomology  for  Science  Teachers.    (4) 

June  29-Aug.  18.  Lectures  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00,  0-1 01.  Laboratory  periods, 
M.T.Th.F.,  9:00-11:50;  O-200.  This  course  will  include  the  elements  of  mor- 
phology, taxonomy  and  biology  of  insects  using  examples  commonly  available 
to  high  school  teachers.  It  will  include  practice  in  collecting,  preserving,  rear 
ing  and  experimenting  with  insects.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Open  only  to  par- 
ticipants in  the  N.S.F.  Institute.  (Davidson.) 

Ent.  198.  Special  Problems.  (1-3) 

Arranged.    Credit  and  prerequisites  determined  by  the  department.    Investiga- 
tion of  assigned  entomological  problems.  (Bickley.) 

Ent.  301.  Advanced  Entomology.  (1-6) 

Arranged.   Credit  and  prerequisite  determined  by  the  department.   Independent 
studies  of  selected  entomological  problems  with  appropriate  supervision. 

(Bickley.) 

Ent.  399.  Research. 

Thesis  research.    Arranged.  (Staff.) 


FOOD  SCIENCE 

Fd.  Sc.  198.  Special  Problems  in  Food  Science.  (2) 

Arranged.      Prerequisite,    approval    of   staff.     Designed    for   advanced    under- 
graduates in  which  specific  problems  in  food  science  will  be  assigned.       (Staff.) 

Fd.  Sc.  399.  Thesis  Research.  (1-12) 

Arranged.  The  investigation  is  planned  and  conducted  under  faculty  supervision. 
Grades  are  awarded  on  completion  of  the  thesis.  (Staff.) 

HORTICULTURE 

HoRT.  20.  Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.    Daily,   1:00-2:20,  F-104.    The  theory  and  general  principles 
of  landscape  design  with  their  application  to  public  and  private  areas. 

(Soergei.) 

23 


Art 


HoRT.  198.  Special  Problems.  (2-4) 

Arranged.  For  major  students  in  horticulture  or  botany.  Credit  according  to 
work  assigned. 

HoRT.  399.  Advanced  Horticultural  Research.  (1-12) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 


ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 
AMERICAN  STUDIES 

Amer.  Stud.  137.  Reading  in  American  Studies.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-50.    Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
A  consideration  of  some  major  works  in  American  Studies.  (Beall.) 

Amer.  Stud.  201.  Seminar  in  American  Studies.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.Th.,7:00-9:00  P.M.,  A-164.  (Beall.) 

Amer.  Stud.  399.  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 


ART 

Art.  16.   Drawing  I.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  NN-332.  An  introductory  course  with  a  variety  of 
media  and  related  techniques.  Problems  based  on  still  life,  figure,  and  nature. 
Section  1—1:00-3:00.  (Forbes.) 

Section  2;  9:30-11-30. 

Art.  17.   Painting  I.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  9:30-11-30;  NN230.  Basic  Tools  and  language  of 
painting.   Oil  and  watercolor.  (Jamieson.) 

Art.  26.  Drawing  II.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  1:00-3:00;  NN-232:  Original  compositions  from 
the  figure  and  nature,  supplements  by  problems  of  personal  and  expressive 
drawing.  (Freeny.) 

Art.  40.  Fundamentals  of  Art  Education.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  NN-330.  Fundamental  principles  of  the  visual 
arts  for  teaching  on  the  elementary  level.  Elements  and  principles  of  design 
and  theory  of  color.    Studio  practice  in  different  media.  (Lembach.) 

Section  1—8:00-9:20. 
Section  2—9:30-11:00. 

Art  60.   History  of  Art.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  NN-214.  A  survey  of  western  art  as  ex- 
pressed through  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting,  prehistoric  times  to 
Renaissance.  (Staff.) 

24 


Chemistry 
Art.  61.  History  of  Art  (3) 

June  29-Aug  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  NN-214.  A  survey  of  western  art  as  ex- 
pressed through  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting,  from  Rennaissance  to 
the  present.  ^ 

Art.  117.  Painting  II.  (3) 

June  28-Aug  18;  Daily,  1:00-3:00;  NN-224.  Original  compositions  based 
upon  nature,  figure,  and  still  life,  supplemented  by  expressive  pamtmg.  Choice 
of  media.    Different  sections  of  course  may  be  taken  for  credit. 

(Jamieson.) 

Art  118.   Sculpture.    (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  9:30-11:30;  NN-139.  Volumes,  masses  and  plan^, 
based  on  the  use  of  plastic  earths.  Simple  armature  construction  and  methods 
of  casting.    Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  (Freeny.) 

Art  119.   Printmaking  I.    (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  1:00-3:00;  NN-137.  Basic  printmaking  technique  m 
relief,  intaglio,  and  planographic  media.    Laboratory  fee,   $20.00. 

(OConneii.) 

Art  129.   Printmaking  II.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  9:30-11:30;  NN-137.  Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Art  119.  One  print  media  including  extensive  study  of  color  pro^^^ses.  in- 
dividually structured  problems.    Laboratory  fee.  $20.00.  (OConneU.) 

Art  166.    Medieval  Art.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  NN-314.  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting 
in  the  Middle  Ages.  (Denny.) 

ASTRONOMY— SQC  Physics  and  Astronomy 

CHEMISTRY 

Chem.  1.  General  Chemistry.   (4) 

June  29-Aug  18-  M.T.Th.F.  Four  lectures  and  four  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Lecture,  11:00,  C-132.  Laboratory,  l-00-3:50.  C-119,  C-120. 
Prerequisite,  1  year  high  school  algebra  or  equivalent.   Laboratory  fee,  $^12^0. 

Chem.  3.  General  Chemistry.    (4) 

June  29-Aug  18-  M.T.Th.F.  Four  lectures  and  four  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.' Lecture,  11:00,  C-130.  Laboratory,  1:00-3:50,  C-105,  C-117 
C-118.   Prerequisite,  Chem.  1.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  (.Man.) 

Chem.  19.  Elements  of  Quantitative  Analysis.   (4) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily  lecture,  12:30-1:20,  C-132.  Laboratory,  8:00-10:50. 
C-306.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  3.  Five  lectures  and  five  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $12.00,  (Stuntz.) 

Chem.  37.  Elementary  Organic  Chemistry.   (2)      ^  ,^  ^  ^^    _  ,,. 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Four  lectures  per  week,  12:30-1:20;  C-liU. 
Prerequisite.  Chem.  35.  (Henery-Logan.) 

25 


Chemistry 

Chem.  38.  Elementary  Organic  Laboratory.   (2) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
C-225.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  36;  8:00-10:50;  C-202,  C-204.  Laboratory  fee, 
$12.00.  (Henery-Logan.) 

Chem.  192,  194.  Glassb lowing  Laboratory.   (1,  1) 

June  28-August  4.  Two  four-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  M.W.,  1:00-4:50, 
C-B3.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  (Carruthers.) 

Chem.  399.  Research. 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

CLASSICAL  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 

Latin  102.  Tacitus.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30,  T-102.  Lectures  and  readings  on  Greek 
and  Roman  histiography  before  Tacitus  and  on  the  author  as  a  writer  of  history. 
The  reading  of  selections  from  the  Annals  and  Histories.  Reports.  (Avery.) 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

C.  S.  12.   Introductory  Algorithmic  Methods.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  daily,  MM-B26,  11:00  lectures  M.W.F.,  Lab.  T.Th.;  11:00. 
Prerequisite,  Math.  II  or  equivalent  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Designed  for  stu- 
dents not  majoring  in  mathematics,  the  physical  sciences,  or  engineering.  Study  of 
the  algorithmic  approach  in  the  analysis  of  problems  and  their  computational 
solution.  Definition  and  use  of  a  particular  algorithmic  language.  Computer 
projects  based  on  elementary  algebra  and  probability;  linear  equations  and 
matrices;  and  the  ordering,  searching,  sorting,  and  manipulating  of  data. 

(Vandergraft.) 

C.  S.  20.  Elementary  Algorithmic  Analysis.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  daily,  MM-B26,  8:00  lectures  M.W.F.  Lab.  T.Th.,  8:00.  Pre- 
requisite, Math.  20,  or  concurrent  registration  therein,  or  equivalent  Laboratory 
fee,  $10.00.  Concept  and  properties  of  an  algorithm;  language  and  notation  for 
describing  algorithms;  analysis  of  computational  problems  and  development  of 
algorithms  for  their  solution.  Use  of  specific  algorithmic  languages  in  solving 
problems  from  numerical  mathematics.  Completion  of  several  projects  using  a 
computer.  (Vandergraft.) 

ENGLISH 

Eng.  1.  Composition.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18. 

Section  1— M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  A-48. 

Section  2— M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  A-49. 

Section  3— M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-48. 

Section  4— M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-49. 

Section  5— M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  FF-7. 

Section  6— M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-48. 

Section  7— M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-49. 


(Barnes,  Staff.) 


26 


English 


Eng.  3.  World  Literature.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  Prerequisite,  Eng.  1  or  21. 


Section  1— M.T.Th.F., 

Section  2— M.T.Th.F.,  8 

Section  3— M.T.Th.F.,  9 

Section  4— M.T.Th.F.,  9 

Section  5— M.T.Th.F.,  9 

Section  6— M.T.Th.F.,  11 


00;  J-36. 
00;  J-174. 
30;  J-36. 
30;  J-174. 
30;  FF-18. 
00;  J-36. 


(Cooley,  Staft.) 


Section  7— M.T.Th.F.,  11;00;  J-174. 
Eng.  4.  World  Literature. 

June  29-Aug.  18.    Prerequisite,  Eng.  1  or  21. 

Section  1— M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  J-154. 

Section  2— M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  J-314. 

Section  3— M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  J-154. 

Section  4— M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  J-314. 

Section  5— M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  FF-19. 

Section  6— M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  FF-20. 

Section  7— M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  J-154 

Section  8— M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  J-314. 

Eng.  lOL  History  of  .he  English  Language.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  FF-21.    Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 

(RODD.) 

Eng.  108.  Advanced  English  Grammar.  (3) 

June  29-Aug  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  T-103.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent 
A  detailed  descriptive  study  of  structural  and  transformational  grammars  of 
the  English  language.  (James.) 

Eng.  115.  Shakespeare.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-159.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
Outstanding  plays  to  Shakespeare's  mid-career.  (Stall.) 

Eng.  116.  Shakespeare.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  A-159.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
The  Roman  history  plays,  the  great  tragedies,  and  the  dramatic  romances. 

(Stau.) 

Eng.  125.  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  T-202.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
The  age  of  Pope  and  Swift.  (Myers.) 

Eng.  134.  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  FF-22.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
Victorian  Poetry.  ^^*^-' 

Eng.  139.  The  English  Novel.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-159.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
Six  major  eighteenth  century  virriters.  (Ward.) 

27 


English 

Eng.  143.  Modern  Poetry.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  AA-14.    Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 

(Schaumann.) 

Eng.  150.  American  Literature,  1810  to  1865.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-161.     Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 

(Bode.) 

Eng.  151.  American  Literature  Since  1865.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  A-50.   Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 

(Gravely.) 

Eng.  153.  The  Novel  in  America  Since  1910.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  T-206.    Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 

(Hovey.) 

Eng.  155.  Major  American  Writers.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-50.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
Intensive  studies  of  Melville  and  Whitman.  (Gravely.) 

Eng.  156.  Major  American  Writers.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-164.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
Intensive  studies  of  Twain  and  Faulkner.  (Bryer.) 

Eng.  157.  Introduction  to  Folklore.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-161.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalert. 
Historical  background  of  folklore  studies,  types  of  folklore  with  particular 
emphasis  on  folktales  and  folksongs,  and  on  American  folklore.     (McMillan.) 

Eng.  158.  Folk  Narrative.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-164.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  4  or  equivalent. 
The  international  folktale.  (Birdsall.) 

Eng.  201.  Bibliography  and  Methods.   (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  and  methods  of  research. 

June  29-Aug.  18;  Section  1— M.Th.,  1:30-3:30;  A-50  (Staff.) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  Section  2— M.Th.  7:00-9:00;  A-161.  (Bryer.) 

Eng.  207.  Seminar  in  Renaissance  Literature.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.Th.,  7:00-9:00;  A-163.  (Zeeveld.) 

Eng.  212.  Seminar  in  Eighteenth-Century  Literature.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  T.F.,  1:30-3:30;  A-50.    Studies  in  neoclassical  criticism. 

(Myers.) 

Eng.  225.   Seminar  in  American  Literature.  (3) 

Tune  29-Aug.  18;  M.Th.,  7:00-9-00;  A-167.  (Bode.) 

Eng.  226.  Seminar  in  American  Literature.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.Th.,  1:30-3:30;  A-174.  (Hovey.) 

Eng.  230.  Special  Studies  in  English  Literature  to  1600.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  daily.  Shakespeare  and  His  Milieu.  Open  only  to  participants 
in  the  NDEA  Institute  for  Teachers  of  English.  (Portz.) 


Foreign  Languages 
Eng.  232.  Special  Studies  in  English  Literature,  1600-1800.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.Th.,  7:00-9:00;  A-174.    Reading  list  may  be  requested  in 
advance.  (Mish.) 

Eng.  241.  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century  Literature.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.Th.,  7:00-9:00;  A-166.  (Staff.) 

Eng.  244.  Studies  in  Drama.  (3) 
June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily.  Shakespeare. 
Open  only  to  participants  in  the  NDEA  Institute  for  Teachers  of  English. 

(Portz.) 

Eng.  399.  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

Chinese  1-2.  Elementary  Chinese.    (3,  3) 

Chinese  1,  June  28-July  21;  Chinese  2,  July  24-August  18.  Registration  for  both 
Chinese  1  and/or  2  on  June  26  or  27  as  separate  courses.  This  course  meets 
three  times  daily:  first  lecture  period  8:00-9:15;  drill  9:30-10:20;  second  lec- 
ture period  11-12:15.  LL-4.  A  student  enrolled  in  Chinese  1  and /or  2  may 
not  take  any  other  course  in  the  summer  session.  (Hu.) 

French  0.  Elementary  French  for  Graduate  Students. 

(Audit) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily  8:00.  This  course  is  billed  for  3  credit  hours. 

Section  1— LL-12.  (W.  Johnson.) 

Section  2 — ^LL-13.  (Zimmerman.) 

French  1-2.  Elementary  French.   (3,  3) 

French  1.  June  28-July  21;  French  2,  July  24-August  18.  Registration  for  both 
French  1  and/or  2  on  June  26  or  27  as  separate  courses.  This  course  meets 
three  times  daily;  first  lecture  period  8:00-9:15;  drill  9:30-10-20;*  second  lec- 
ture period  11-12:15.  LL-1.  A  student  enrolled  in  French  1  and /or  2  may 
not  take  any  other  course  in  the  summer  session.  (Demaitre.) 

French  6.  Intermedute  French.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  9:30. 

Section  1— LL-104.  (W.  Johnson.) 

Section  2— LL-105.  (Russell.) 

French  6  may  not  be  taken  concurrently  with  French  7. 

French  7.  Intermediate  French.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  9:30. 

Section  1— LL-2.  (Staff.) 

Section  2 — LL-3.  (Powell) 

French  7  may  not  be  taken  concurrently  with  French  6. 

French  103.  Advanced  Composition.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  9:30;  LL-1 16.  (Zimmerman.) 

29 


Foreign  Languages 

French  171.  French  Civilization.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  11:00;  LL-116.  (Staflf.) 

French  399.  Research.    (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

German  0.  Elementary  German  for  Graduate  Students. 

(Audit) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  8:00.  This  course  is  billed  for  3  credit  hours. 

Section  1— LL-220.  (Hering.) 

Section  2— LL-201.  (C.  Hall.) 

German  1-2.  Elementary  German.    (3,  3) 

June  28-JuIy  21;  German  2,  July  24-August  18.  Registration  for  both  German  1 
and /or  2  on  June  26  or  27  as  separate  courses.  This  course  meets  three  times 
daily:  first  lecture  period  8:00-9:15;  drill  9:30-10:20;*  second  lecture  period 
11-12:15,  LL-202.  A  student  enrolled  in  German  1  and/or  2  may  not  take 
any  other  course  in  the  summer  session.  (Hahn.) 

German  6.  Intermediate  Literary  German.   (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  8:00,  LL-2. 

German  6  may  not  be  taken  concurrently  with  German  7.  (Peer.) 

German  7.  Intermediate  Literary  German.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  9:30,  LL-204.  (Peen.) 

German  7  may  not  be  taken  concurrently  with  German  6.  (Peen.) 

German  9.  Conversation  and  Composition.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  9:30,  LL-203. 

Prerequisite,  German  7,  or  6  with  consent  of  instructor.  (Boyd.) 

German  103.  Advanced  Composition.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  11:00,  LL-203.  (Boyd.) 

German  141.  German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  9:30,  LL-219.  (Hering.) 

German  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

Russian  1-2.  Elementary  Russian.    (3,  3) 

Russian  1,  June  28-July  21;  Russian  2,  July  24-August  18.  Registration  for 
both  Russian  1  and /or  2  on  June  26  or  27  as  separate  courses.  This  course 
meets  three  times  daily:  first  lecture  period  8:00-9:15;  drill  9:30-10:20;* 
second  lecture  period  11-12:15,  LL-106.  A  student  enrolled  in  Russian  1 
and /or  2  may  not  take  any  other  course  in  the  summer  session.  (Juran.) 

Spanish  1-2.  Elementary  Spanish.    (3,  3) 

Spanish  1,  June  28-July  21;  Spanish  2,  July  24-August  18.  Registration  for 
both  Spanish  1  and /or  2  on  June  26  or  27  as  separate  courses.  This  course 
meets  three  times  daily:  first  lecture  period  8:00-9:15;  second  lecture  period 
11-12:15,  plus  an  electronic  laboratory  to  be  scheduled  at  the  first  class  meet- 

30 


History 

ing  (this  lab  may  fall  at  any  other  time  during  the  day).    A  student  enrolled 
in  Spanish  1  and/or  2  may  not  take  any  other  course  in  the  summer  session. 
Section  1— LL-3.  (Font.) 

Section  2— LL-104.  (Gobbett.) 

Spanish  6.  Intermediate  Spanish.    (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  9:30.   Spanish  6  may  not  be  taken  concurrently  with 

Spanish  7. 

Section  1— LL-12.  (Tarwater.) 

Section  2 — LL-201.  (Perez-Cisneros.) 

Spanish  7.  Intermediate  Spanish.   (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily,  11:00.    Spanish  7  may  not  be  taken  concurrently  with 

Spanish  6. 

Section  1 — LL-2.  (Mur.) 

Section  2 — LL-12.  (Tarwater.) 

Spanish  103.  Advanced  Composition.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily  8:00,  LL-13.  (Panico.) 

Spanish  162.  Spanish- American  Poetry.   (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4,  daily  9:30,  LL-13.  (Panico.) 

Spanish  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

*  Note:  In  Language  1  and/or  2  a  drill  is  scheduled  from  9:30  to  10:20,  be- 
tween the  two  lecture  meetings;  however,  a  second  or  third  section  may  have 
to  be  created  (depending  upon  the  size  of  the  classes)  at  other  hours  of  the  day. 


HISTORY 

H.  21.   History  of  the  United  States  to  1865.  (3) 

June  29- Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  A  survey  of  the  history  of  the  United  States  from 
colonial  times  to  the  end  of  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the  establishment  and 
development  of  American  institutions. 

Section  1—  8:00;  A-167.  (Campbell.) 

Section  2—  8:00;  DD-105.  (Farrell.) 

Section  3—9:30;  F-101.  (Farrell.) 

Section  4—11:00;  DD-101.  (Campbell.) 

Section  5—11:00;  DD-109.  (Staff.) 

H.  22.    History  of  the  United  States  since  1865.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  A  survey  of  economic,  social,  intellectual,  and 
political  developments  since  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the  rise  of  industry 
and  the  emergence  of  the  United  States  as  a  world  power. 


Section  1 —  8 
Section  2 —  8 
Section  3 —  9 
Section  A — 11 


00;  DD-102.  (Dyson.) 

00;  A- 174.  (Rader.) 

30;  F-103.  (Staff.) 

00;  F-101.  (Staff.) 


31 


History 

H.  23.   Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Early  America.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  F-104.  A  study  of  the  social  and  cultural 
history  of  the  United  States  as  a  predominantly  agricultural  society.  Examina- 
tion of  how  the  social  milieu  shapes  the  cultural  development  of  the  nation 
and  its  institutions.  (Staff.) 

H.  24.  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Modern  America.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  DD-105.  A  study  of  the  social  and  cultural 
history  of  the  United  States  as  a  society  in  transition.  Examination  of  the  social 
and  cultural  changes  that  accompanied  industrial  and  scientific  development. 

H.  31.  Latin  American  History.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  T-108.  A  survey  of  the  history  of  Latin 
America  from  colonial  origins  to  the  present,  covering  political,  cultural,  eco- 
nomic, and  social  development,  with  special  emphasis  upon  relations  with  the 
United  States.   First  semester:  Colonial  Latin  America.  (Giffin.) 

H.  41.   Western  Civilization.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an 
appreciation  of  the  civilization  in  which  he  lives  in  its  broadest  setting.  The 
study  begins  with  the  collapse  of  classical  civilization  and  comes  to  the  pres- 
ent. 

Section  1—8:00;  A- 163.  (Robertson.) 

Section  2—8:00;  A- 164.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—9:30;  DD-101.  (Barillari.) 

Section  4 — 9:30;  DD-113.  (Robertson.) 

H.  42,   Western  Civilization.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an 
appreciation  of  the  civilization  in  which  he  lives  in  its  broadest  setting.  The 

study  begins  with  the  collapse  of  classical  civilization  and  comes  to  the  pres- 
ent. 

Section  1—  8:00;  A- 166.  (Barillari.) 

Section  2—  9:30;  DD-109.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—11:00;  A-174.  (Staff.) 

H.  54.  History  of  England  and  Great  Britain.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  DD-105.  A  history  of  the  development  of 
British  life  and  institutions  since  1485.  Open  to  all  classes.  Especially  recom- 
mended for  English  majors  and  minors  and  pre-law  students.  (Gordon.) 

H.  102.  The  American  Revolution.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-174.  The  background  and  course  of  the 
American  Revolution  through  the  formation  of  the  Constitution.  (Staff.) 

H.  106.  Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  Since 
THE  Civil  War.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-167.  The  development  of  American  life 
and  institutions,  with  emphasis  upon  the  period  since  1876.  (Rader.) 

H.  114,  The  Middle  Period  of  American  History,  1824-1860.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-167.  An  examination  of  the  political 
history  of  the  United  States  from  Jackson  to  Lincoln,  with  particular  emphasis 

32 


Mathematics 

on  the  factors  producing  Jacksonian  democracy.  Manifest  Destiny,  the  Whig 
Party,   the  anti-slavery   movement,  the   Republican   Party,   and  secession. 

(Smith.) 
H.  115.  History  of  the  South.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-166.  Prerequisite,  six  credits  of  Amer- 
ican history.  A  study  of  the  institutional  and  cultural  life  of  the  ante-bellum 
South  with  particular  reference  to  the  background  of  the  Civil  War.         (Staff.) 

H.  118.  Recent  American  History.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-166.  Party  politics,  domestic  issues,  for- 
eign relations  of  the  United  States,  1890-1929.  (Staff.) 

H.  119.   Recent  American  History.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-163.  Party  politics,  domestic  issues, 
foreign  relations  of  the  United  States  since  1929.  (Dyson.) 

H.  149.  History  of  Brazil,   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;  9:30,  DD-102.  The  history  of  Brazil  with  em- 
phasis on  the  national  period.  (Giffin.) 

H.  169.  Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  1815-1870.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-163.  Prerequisites,  H.  41,  42,  or  H.  53, 
54.  A  study  of  the  political,  economic,  social  and  cultural  development  of 
Europe  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  1870.  (Staff.) 

H.  171.  Europe  in  the  World  Setting  of  the  Twentieth  Century. 
(3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  DD-151.  Prerequisites,  H.  41,  42,  or  H.  53, 
54.  A  study  of  political,  economic,  and  cultural  developments  in  twentieth 
century  Europe  with  special  emphasis  on  the  factors  involved  in  the  two  World 
Wars  and  their  global  impacts  and  significance.  (Staff.) 

H.  300.  Historiography:  Techniques  of  Historical  Research  and 
Writing.  (3) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

H.  316.  Seminar  in  the  Middle  Period  and  Civil  War.  (3) 

Arranged.  (Smith.) 

H.  363.  Readings  in  the  History  of  Great  Britain  and  the  British 
Empire-Commonwealth.  (3) 

Arranged.  ( Gordon . ) 

H.  399.   Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

MATHEMATICS 

Math.  3.  Fundamentals  of  Mathematics.  (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  daily.  Prerequisite,  satisfactory  performance  on  the  ACT 
mathematics  test,  or  Math.  1.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  an  introduc- 
tion to  mathematical  thinking,  stressing  ideas  rather  than  techniques.  Where 
possible,  connections  are  drawn  with  other  disciplines,  such  as  philosophy, 
logic  and  art. 

33 


Mathematics 

Section  1—8:00;  Y-4.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—8:00;  Y-5.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—9:30;  Y-5.  (Staff.) 

Section  4—9:30;  Y-14.  (Staff.) 

Math.  10.  Introduction  to  Mathematics.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite,  21/2  years  of  college  preparatory 
mathematics  and  satisfactory  performance  on  the  ACT  mathematics  test,  or 
Math.  1 .  Open  to  students  not  majoring  in  mathematics  or  the  physical  or 
engineering  sciences.  Logic,  sets,  counting,  probability;  sequences,  sums;  ele- 
mentary algebraic  and  transcendental  functions  and  their  geometric  representa- 
tion; systems  of  linear  equations,  vectors,  matrices. 

Section  1—  8:00;  Y-14.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—  8:00;  Y-17.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—  9:30  Y-17.  (Staff.) 

Section  4—  9:30;  Y-18.  (Staff.) 

Section  5—11:00;  Y-2.  (Staff.) 

Section  6—11:00;  Y-4.  (Staff.) 

Math.  11.  Introduction  to  Mathematics.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.   Prerequisite,  Math.  10.   Math.  11  is  a  continuation 

of  Math.  10. 


Section  1 —  8 
Section  2 —  8 
Section  3 —  9 
Section  4 — 11 


00;  Y-18.  (Staff.) 

00;  Y-28.  (Staff.) 

30;  Y-28.  (Staff.) 

00;  Y-5.  (Staff.) 


Math.  18.  Introductory  Analysis.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite,  IVz  years  of  college  preparatory 
mathematics  and  an  appropriate  score  on  the  ACT  mathematics  test,  or  Math.  1. 
An  introductory  course  for  students  not  qualified  to  start  Math.  19.  Real 
numbers,  functions,  coordinate  systems.  Trigonometric  functions.  Plane  an- 
alytic geometry. 

Section  1—  8:00;  Y-26.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—11:00;  Y-14.  (Staff.) 

Math.  19.  Elementary  Analysis.    (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily.  Prerequisite,  3/2  years  of  college  preparatory  mathe- 
matics or  Math.  18. 

Section  1—11:00;  Y17.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—  8:00;  Y-27.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—  8:00;  J-6.  (Staff.) 

Math.  20.  Calculus  I.    (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily.    Prerequisite,  Math.  19  or  equivalent. 

Section  1—9:30;  Y-26.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—9:30;  Y-27.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—9:30;  J-6.  (Staff.) 

Math.  21.  Calculus  II.    (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  11:00,  Y-28.  Prerequisite  Math.  20  (taken  before 
1966).   The  content  of  this  course  will  be  changed  in  the  Fall  Semester,  1967. 

34 


Mathematics 

Not  open  for  credit  to  students  who  received  credit  for  Math.  20  in  the  Spring 
Semester,  1967.  (Staff.) 

Math.  22.  Calculus  III.   (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily.    Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.    Basic  concepts 

of  linear  algebra,  matrics,  and  determinants.    Calculus  of  functions  of  vectors. 

Implicit   function  theorem.     Surface  integrals.    Classical   theorems   of   Green, 

Gauss  and  Stokes. 

Section  1—11:00;  Y-26.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—11:00;  Y-27.  (Staff.) 

Math.  30.  Elements  of  Mathematics.    (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  preparatory  algebra. 
Required  for  majors  in  elementary  education,  and  open  only  to  students  in 
this  field.  Topics  from  algebra  and  number  theory,  designed  to  provide  insight 
into  arithemtic:  inductive  proof,  the  natural  number  system  based  on  the  Peano 
axioms;  mathematical  systems,  groups,  fields;  the  system  of  integers;  the  system 
of  rational  numbers;  congruence,  divisibility;  systems  of  numeration. 

Section  1—8:00;  Y-2.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—9:30;  Y-2.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—9:30;  Y-4.  (Staff.) 

Math.  31.  Elements  of  Geometry.   (4) 

June  28-Aug.   18;  Daily.    Prerequisite,   Math.  30  or  equivalent.    Structure  of 
mathematics  systems,  algebra  of  sets,   geometrical   structures,  logic,  measure- 
ment, congruence,  similarity,  graphs  in  the  plane,  geometry  on  the  sphere. 
Section  1—9:30;  J-18.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—11:00;  Y-18.  (Staff.; 

Math.  66.  Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30,  J-14.  Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 
The  field  of  direction  and  graphic  solutions  of  first  order  differential  equations. 
The  simplest  methods  of  numerical  solution.  Systems  of  differential  equations. 
Introduction  to  Fourier  series,  and  applications.  (Staff.) 

Math.  182.   Introduction  to  Algebra.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  8:00,  C-134.  This  course  will  develop  the  pertinent  back- 
ground mathematics  for  the  algebraic  portions  of  the  junior  high  school 
mathematics  curriculum.  Emphasis  will  be  on  number  systems  and  algebraic 
structures.  Open  only  to  participants  in  the  N.S.F.  Institute  in  Mathematics 
for  Junior  High  School  Teachers  in  Mathematics.  (Helzer.) 

Math.  189.   National  Science  Foundation  Summer  Institute  for 
Teachers  of  Science  and  Mathematics  Seminar.  (3) 

Section  1.  NSF  MATHEMATICS  SEMINAR  FOR  TEACHERS  (3).  Daily, 
1:00;  C-134.  This  course  will  be  devoted  to  the  mathematics  background  related 
to  the  geometry  part  of  the  junior  high  school  mathematics  curriculum.  (Jack- 
son.) 

Section  2.  MARYLAND  ELEMENTARY  MATHEMATICS  INSERVICE 
PROJECT  SEMINAR  (3).  Daily.  Open  only  to  participants  in  the  Mary- 
land Elementary  Mathematics  Inservice  Project  summer  instructional  program 
for  elementary  school  teachers.  (Henkelman.) 

35 


Music 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Micro.  1.  General  Microbiology,   (4) 

June  29-Aug.  18.  Four  lectures  and  four  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Lecture.  8:00;  T-5.  Laboratory,  9:00-11:00.  M.T.Th.F.;  T-210.  Laboratory 
fee,  $15.00.  The  physiology,  culture,  and  differentiation  of  bacteria.  Funda- 
mental principles  of  Microbiology  in  relation  to  man  and  his  environment. 

(Cook.) 

Micro.  81.  Applied  Microbiology.   (4) 

June  29-Aug.  18.  Four  lectures  and  four  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Micro.  1.  Lecture,  9:00;  T-219.  Laboratory,  10:00-12:00, 
M.T.Th.F.;  T-219.  Laboratory  fee,  $15,00.  Designed  to  give  the  student  who 
is  acquainted  with  Microbiology  insight  into  current  trends  in  the  development 
of  methods  for  the  control  and  exploitation  of  microorganisms  to  meet  the 
needs  of  a  growing  society.  The  approaches  to  be  considered  in  the  laboratory 
include  the  application  of  microorganisms  and  microbiological  principles  to 
milk,  dairy  products,  and  foods;  soil,  water,  and  sanitation  operations;  and  in- 
dustrial processes.  (Roberson.) 

Micro.  181.  Microbiological  Problems.  (3) 

Arranged.  Six  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  16  credits 
in  Microbiology.  Registration  only  upon  consent  of  the  instructor.  Laboratory 
fee,  $15.00.  (Faber.) 

Micro.  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.    Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  (Staflf.) 

MUSIC  * 

Music  8.  Theory  of  Music  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18.  Daily,  9:30;  NN-301.  Prerequisite,  Music  7.  A  fundamental 
course  in  the  elements  of  music.  Study  of  rhythms,  scales,  chordal  structures, 
and  tonalities  through  ear  training,  sight  singing,  and  keyboard  drill.  (Payerle.) 

Music  16.   Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  8:00;  NN-210.  The  fundamentals  of  music  theory  and 
practice,  related  to  the  needs  of  the  classroom  and  kindergarten  teacher,  and 
organized  in  accord  with  the  six-area  concept  of  music  learning.         (Wachhaus.) 

Music  20.   Survey  of  Music  Literature.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  11:00;  NN-205.  Open  to  all  students  except  music  and 
music  education  majors,  and  may  be  taken  to  satisfy  the  fine  arts  option  in 
the  general  education  program.  A  study  of  musical  principles  and  an  intro- 
duction to  musical  repertoires.  (Payerle.) 

Music  131.  Music  Literature  Survey  for  the  Non-Major.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  11:00;  NN-202.  Prerequisite,  Music  20  or  the  equivalent. 
Open  to  all  students  except  music  or  music  education  majors.  Selected  com- 
positions in  the  orchestral,  chamber-music,  and  keyboard  fields,  studied  from 
the  standpoint  of  the  informed  listener.  (deVermond.) 

*  For  Music  Education,  see  page  62. 

36 


Music 
Music  168.  Chamber  Music.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.,  12:30;  NN-208.  Prerequisite,  Music  120,  121, 
or  the  equivalent.  The  history  and  literature  of  chamber  music  from  the  early 
Baroque  period  to  the  present.  Music  for  trio  sonata,  string  quartet  and  quintet, 
and  combinations  of  piano  and  string  instruments  is  studied.         (Bernstein.) 

Music  169.  Choral  Music.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  12.30;  NN-202.  Prerequisite,  Music  120,  121,  or  the 
equivalent.  The  history  and  literature  of  choral  music  from  the  Renassance  to 
the  present,  with  discussion  of  related  topics  such  as  Gregorian  chant,  vocal 
chamber  music,  etc.  (Traver.) 

Music  201.  Seminar  in  Music.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  8:00;  NN-202.  Prerequisites,  Music  120,  121,  and 
graduate  standing.  In  the  1967  summer  session  the  keyboard  works  of  Bach 
will  be  studied.  (Bernstein.) 

Music  204.  American  Music.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  11:00;  NN-301.  Prerequisites,  Music  121  and  graduate 
standing.  A  lecture  course  in  the  history  of  American  art  music  from  Colonial 
times  to  the  present.  (Staff.) 

Music  399.  Thesis  Research.  (2-6) 

Research  in  theory  or  history  and  literature  of  music,  and  musical  composition. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit.  (Staff.) 

Applied  Music. 

Arranged.  A  student  taking  applied  music  for  the  first  time  at  this  University 
should  register  for  Music  999.  He  will  receive  the  proper  classification  at  the 
end  of  the  summer  session. 

Every  student  taking  an  applied  music  course  should,  in  addition  to  registering 
for  the  proper  course  number,  indicate  the   instrument  chosen   by   adding   a 
section  letter  as  follows: 
Sec.  A,  Piano  Sec.  D,  Viola  Sec.  L,  Horn 

Sec.  B,  Voice  Sec.  F,  Flute  Sec.  M,  Trumpet 

Sec.  C,  Violin  Sec.  I,  Clarinet  Sec.  R,  Organ 

Music  12,  13,  52,  53,  112,  113,  152,  153,  212,  213,  312,  313,  314. 
Applied  Music.  (2  each  course) 

Hours  to  be  arranged  with  instructor  on  first  day  of  classes,  NN-201.  Pre- 
requisite, the  next  lower  course  on  the  same  instrument.  One  and  one-half 
hours  of  lesson  time  and  a  minimum  of  twelve  practice  hours  per  week  for 
eight  weeks.    Supplementary  fee  of  $40.00  for  each  course.  (Staff.) 

PHILOSOPHY 

Phil.  1.  Introduction  to  Philosophy.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.    On  introduction  to  some  of  the  main  problems 

of  philosophy,  and  to  some  of  the  main  ways  of  dealing  with  these  problems. 

Section  1—11:00;  O-lOl.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—12:30;  T-118.  (Odell.) 

37 


Philosophy 

Phil.  41.  Elementary  Logic  and  Semantics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  G-205.  An  introductory  study  of  logic  and 
language,  intended  to  help  the  student  increase  his  ability  to  employ  language 
with  understanding  and  to  reason  correctly.  Topics  treated  include:  the  uses 
and  abuses  of  language,  techniques  for  making  sound  inferences,  and  the  logic 
of  science.  (Creary.) 

Phil.  45.    Ethics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  F-104.  An  introduction  to  moral  phi- 
losophy, including  a  critical  examination  of  some  important  classic  and  con- 
temporary systems  of  ethics,  such  as  those  of  Aristotle,  Kant,  Mill  and  Dewey. 

(Kress.) 

Phil.  53.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  J- 150.  This  course  seeks  to  provide  the 
student  with  the  means  by  which  he  may  approach  intelligently  the  main  prob- 
lems of  religious  thought:  the  nature  of  religious  experience,  the  forms  of 
religious  expression,  the  conflicting  claims  of  religion  and  science,  and  the 
place  of  religion  in  the  community  and  in  the  life  of  the  individual.     (Roelofs.) 

Phil.  101.  Ancient  Philosophy.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  J-272.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  1  and  either 
one  additional  course  in  philosophy  or  senior  standing.  A  history  of  Greek 
thought  from  its  beginnings  to  the  time  of  Justinian  The  chief  figures  dis- 
cussed: the  Presocratic  philosophers,  Socrates,  Plato,  Aristotle,  Epicuris,  the 
Stoic  philosophers,   and  Plotinus.  (Celarier.) 

Phil.  292.  Selected  Problems  in  Philosophy.    (1-3) 

Arranged.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff.) 

Phil.  399.  Research  in  Philosophy.  (1-3) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Astr.  1.  Introduction  to  Astronomy.  (3) 

June  28-Aug  4.  Lecture,  M.T.W.,  7:30-9:00  P.M.;  Laboratory,  Th.  7:30-9:30 
P.M.:  Z-140.  An  elementary  course  in  descriptive  astronomy.  This  course 
is  self-contained;  it  is  not  required  that  it  be  followed  by  Astronomy  2.  Lecture 
demonstration  fee,  $3  per  semester.  (Chou), 

AsTR.  150.  Special  Problems  in  Astronomy. 

Arranged.  Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  or  astronomy  and/or  consent  of 
advisor.  Research  or  special  study.    Credit  according  to  work  accomplished. 

(Staff.) 

AsTR.  190.  Honors  Seminar. 

Arranged.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Pro- 
grams in  Astronomy.  Credit  according  to  work  assigned.  (Staff.) 

38 


Physics  and  Astronomy 
AsTR.  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $10  per  credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  an  approved 
application  for  admission  to  candidacy  or  special  permission  of  the  Department 
of  Physics  and  Astronomy.   Credit  according  to  work  assigned.  (Staff.) 

Phys.  11.  Fundamentals  of  Physics.  (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  8:00;  C-132.  Lab.  Sections  T.Th.,  10-12  or  M.W.  2-4, 
Z-362,  six  lecture  sessions  and  two  recitation  sessions  plus  4  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  10  or  equivalent  preparation.  Demonstration 
and  laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  A  course  in  general  physics  treating  the  fields  of 
electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  modem  physics.  (Goodwin.) 

Phys.  150.  Special  Problems  in  Physics.  Section  1. 

Arranged.  Research  or  special  study.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  credit  hour 
when  appropriate.  Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  and  consent  of  Department 
Chairman.  (Staff.) 

Phys.  190.  Independent  Studies  Seminar. 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

Phys.  230.  Seminar:  Methods  of  Abstract  Quantum  Field  Theory 
IN  Statistical  Mechanics.  (1) 

Arranged.  (Araki.) 

Phys.  248.  Special  Topics  in  Modern  Physics.  (2) 

Arranged.   Credit  according  to  work  assigned.  (Staff.) 

Phys.  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  approved  ap- 
plication for  admission  to  candidacy  or  special  permission  of  the  Department 
Chairman.    TTiesis  research  conducted  under  approved  supervision.         (Staff.) 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Psych.  1.   Introduction  to  Psychology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  A-52.  A  basic  introductory  course  intended 
to  bring  the  student  into  contact  with  the  major  problems  confronting  psy- 
chology and  the  more  important  attempts  at  their  solution.  (Goldstein.) 

Psych.  5.    Personality  and  Adjustment.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  M-105.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1.  Introduction 
to  the  psychology  of  human  personality  and  adjustment,  with  a  view  toward 
increasing  self-understanding  and  developing  an  appreciation  for  the  mental 
health  movement  and  each  individual's  stake  in  it.  (Walder.) 

Psych.  21.  Social  Psychology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  M-105.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1.  Personality 
and  behavior  as  influenced  by  culture  and  interpersonal  relations.  Social  in- 
fluences on  motivation,  learning,  memory  and  preception.  Attitudes,  public 
opinion,  propaganda,  language  and  communication,  leadership,  ethnic  differ- 
ences, and  group  processes.  (Higgs.) 

39 


Sociology 

Psych.  90.   Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  A-161.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  and  Math.  1, 
or  5  or  10  or  equivalent.  A  basic  introduction  to  quantitative  methods  used  in 
psychological  research.  (Goldstein.) 

Psych.  110.    Educational  Psychology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  T-108.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1.  Researches 
on  fundamental  psychological  problems  encountered  in  education.  Measure- 
ment and  significance  of  individual  differences;  learning,  motivation,  transfer  of 
training,  and  the  educational  implications  of  theories  of  intelligence.        (Higgs.) 

Psych.  131.   Abnormal  Psychology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  M-105.  Prerequisite,  two  courses  in  Psy- 
chology.  The  nature,  diagnosis,  etiology  and  treatment  of  mental  disorders. 

(Walder.) 

Psych.  194.   Independent  Study  in  Psychology.  (1-3) 

Arranged.  Prerequisites,  advanced  standing  and  written  consent  of  individual 
faculty  supervisor.  Integrated  reading  matter  under  direction  leading  to  the 
preparation  of  an  adequately  documented  report  on  a  special  topic.         (Staff.) 

Psych.  195.   Minor  Problems  in  Psychology.  (1-3) 

Arranged.  Prerequisites,  advanced  standing  and  written  consent  of  individual 
faculty  supervisor.  An  individualized  course  designed  to  allow  the  student  to 
pursue  a  specialized  research  project  under  supervision.  (Staff.) 

Psych.  288,  Special  Research  Problems.  (1-4) 

Arranged.  Requires  graduate  standing  and  consent  of  individual  faculty  super- 
visor. Supervised  research  on  problems  selected  from  the  areas  of  experimental, 
industrial,  social,  quantitative  or  mental  health  psychology.  (Staff.) 

Psych,  399.  Research  for  Thesis.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  Requires  consent  of  individual  faculty  supervisor.  (Staff.) 


SOCIOLOGY 

Soc.  1.  Introduction  to  Sociology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F. 

Section  1—  8:00;  A-324.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—  9:30;  A-321.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—11:00;  A-324.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  2.  Principles  of  Sociology.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-320.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1.  The  basic  forms 
of  human  association  and  interaction.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  51.  Social  Pathology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  A-320.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing. 
Personal-social  disorganization  and  maladjustment;  physical  and  mental  handi- 
caps; economic  inadequacies;  programs  of  treatment  and  control.  (Staff.) 

40 


Sociology 
Soc.  52.  Criminology.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  A-321.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1.  Criminal  behav- 
ior and  the  methods  of  its  study.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  95.    Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  DD-102.  Prerequisite,  Math.  3  or  10. 
Measures  of  central  tendency  and  dispersion,  use  of  statistical  inference  in 
simple  testing  of  null  hypotheses,  chi  square,  and  labor-saving  computational 
devices  for  correlation.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  118.  Community  Organization.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00,  AA-16.  Community  organization  and  its 
relation  to  social  welfare;  analysis  of  community  needs  and  resources;  health, 
housing,  recreation;  community  centers;  neighborhood  projects.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  131.  Introduction  to  Social  Service.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-321.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1.  General  survey 
of  the  field  of  social-welfare  activities. 

Soc.  153.  Juvenile  Delinquency.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-324.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1.  Juvenile 
delinquency  in  relation  to  the  general  problem  of  crime.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  154.  Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-320.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  52  or  Soc.  153 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  and  programs  in  prevention  of  crime  and 
delinquency.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  186.  Sociological  Theory.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  A-258.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1.  Development 
of  the  science  of  sociology.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  291.  Special  Social  Problems. 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

Soc  399.  Thesis  Research. 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 


ANTHROPOLOGY 

Anth.  1.  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Archeology  and  Physical 
Anthropology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9;30;  FF-24.  Introduction  to  Anthropology,  Arch- 
eology and  Physical  Anthropology.  General  patterns  of  the  development  of 
human  culture;  the  biological  and  morphological  aspects  of  man  viewed  in 
his  cultural  setting. 

Anth.  41.  Prehistoric  Culture.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  J-336.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  A 
survey  of  the  basic  aims  and  methods  of  archeological  field  work  and  inter- 
pretation, with  emphasis  on  the  reconstruction  of  prehistoric  ways  of  life.  (Staff.) 

41 


Speech 

Anth.  101.  Cultural  Anthropology:  Principals  AND  Processes.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  A-258.  Prerequisite,  Anth.  1,  2,  or  21.  An 
examination  of  the  nature  of  human  culture  and  its  processes,  both  historical 
and  functional.  The  approach  will  be  typical  and  theoretical  rather  than  descrip- 
tive. (Staff.) 


SPEECH 

Speech  1.   Public  Speaking.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite  for  advanced  speech  courses.  The  prep- 
aration and  delivery  of  short  original  speeches;  outside  readings;  reports;  etc. 
It  is  recommended  that  this  course  be  taken  during  the  freshman  year.  Labora- 
tory fee  $1.00 

Section  1—  8:00;  NN-22A  (Frank.) 

Section  2—  8:00;  NN-22B  (Kirkley.) 

Section  3—  9:30;  NN-22A  (Williams.) 

Section  4 —  9:30  NN-22B  (Linkow.) 

Section  5—11:00;  NN-22A  (Schwartz.) 

Section  6—11:00;  NN22B  (Wolfe.) 

Section  7—11:00;  NN-IS  (McCain.) 

Speech  3.   Fundamentals  of  General  American  Speech.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Training  in  auditory  discrimination  of  speech  sounds, 
rhythms  and  inflections  of  general  American  Speech.  Analysis  of  the  physiological 
bases  of  speech  production  and  the  phonetic  elements  of  speech  reception. 
Section  1—  9:30;  NN-9B  (Hamburg.) 

Section  2—11:00;  NN-9B  (Ford.) 

Speech  13.    Oral  Interpretation.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  NN-102.  The  oral  interpretation  of  liter- 
ature and  the  practical  training  of  students  in  the  art  of  reading.  (Lea.) 

Speech  16.  Introduction  to  the  Theatre.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  NN-103.  A  general  survey  of  the  fields  of 
the  theatre.  (O'Leary.) 

Speech  105.  Speech  Handicapped  School  Children.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  NN-9A.  The  occurrence,  identification,  and 
treatment  of  speech  handicaps  in  the  classroom.  An  introduction  to  Speech 
Pathology.  (Hamburg.) 

Speech  106.  Clinical  Practice.    (1-3) 

June  30-Aug.  18;  T.F.,  12:30  and  arranged;  NN-9B.  Prerequisite,  Speech  105.  A 
laboratory  course  dealing  with  the  various  methods  of  correction  plus  actual 
work  in  the  clinic.  Fee  $1.00  per  semester  hour.  (Waghelstein.) 

Speech  108.  Educational  Phonetics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  NN-4.  This  course  is  designed  to  relate 
phonetic  science  to  the  classroom.  An  extensive  coverage  of  broad  transcription 
of  General  American  Speech.  Students  having  credit  for  Speech  3  or  any  previ- 
ous phonetics  course  are  not  eligible  for  this  course.  (Hendricks.) 

42 


Speech 
Speech  111.  Seminar.  (3) 

Arranged.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor.  Speech 
research.  (Strausbaugh.) 

Speech  127.   Children's  Dramatics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  NN-55.  Principles  and  methods  necessary 
for  staging  children's  production  on  the  elementary  school  level.  Major  emphasis 
on  creative  dramatics;  the  application  of  creative  dramatics  in  the  school  room, 
and  the  values  gained  by  the  child  in  this  activity.  Students  will  conduct  classes 
in  formal  and  creative  dramatics  which  will  culminate  in  children's  programs. 

(Meersman.) 

Speech  140.  Principles  of  Television  Production.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  NN-44.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  A  study  of 
the  theory,  methods,  techniques,  and  problems  of  television  production  and  direc- 
tion. Units  of  study  covering  television  cameras  and  lenses,  lighting  theory  and 
practices,  scenery  and  proF>erties,  costumes  and  makeup,  graphic  arts  and  special 
effects  are  included.  Observation  of  production  procedures  at  nearby  television 
stations.  Application  will  be  made  through  crew  assignments  for  University- 
produced  television  programs.  (Aylward.) 

Speech  141.  Introduction  to  Audiometry.   (2) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  NN-9A.  Prerequisite,  Speech  3.  Laboratory 
fee,  $2.00.  Analysis  of  various  methods  and  procedures  in  evaluating  hearing 
losses.  Required  for  students  whose  concentration  is  in  speech  and  hearing 
therapy.  (Baker.) 

Speech  201C.   Special  Problems  Seminar:  Delayed  Speech.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  NN-4.  Prerequisite,  graduate  standing  in 
speech  and  hearing  science.  (Baratz.) 

Speech  201K.   Special  Problems  Seminar:  Minor  Research  Prob- 
lems. (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  MT.Th.F.,  12:30;  NN-4.  Prerequisites,  Speech  202  and  Speech 
203.  (Baker.) 

Speech  211  A.  Advanced  Clinical  Practice.  (Speech  Therapy)  (1-3) 

Arranged.  Prerequisites,  12  hours  of  speech  therapy.  Laboratory  fee,  $1.00. 
Supervised  training  in  the  application  of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  speech  disorders.  (Wahlgenstein.) 

Speech  21  IB.  Advanced  Clinical  Practice.  (Audiology)  (1-3) 

Arranged.  Prerequisites,  12  hours  of  audiology.  Laboratory  fee,  $1.00.  Super- 
vised training  in  the  application  of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  hearing  disorders.  (Doudna.) 

Speech  214.   Clinical  Audiometry.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  12:30;  NN-9A.  Prerequisites,  3  hours  in  audi- 
ology and  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Testing  of  auditory 
acuity  with  pure  tones  and  speech.  (Doudna.) 


43 


Zoology 
Speech  226.  Language  Problems  of  the  Exceptional  Child.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  NN-102.  Prerequisite,  6  hours  of  speech 
pathology.  A  survey  of  special  language  problems  of  the  mentally  retarded, 
brain-injured,  hard  of  hearing  and  deaf  children.  (Baratz.) 

Speech  290.  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 

Arranged.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  An  individual  course  designed 
for  intensive  study  or  research  of  problems  in  any  one  of  the  three  areas  of 
drama,  general  speech,  or  radio/TV.  (Staff.) 

Speech  301.    Independent  Study  in  Speech  and  Hearing  Science. 
(1-6) 

Arranged.  Student-selected  topic  of  investigation.  A  proposed  topic  must  be 
approved  prior  to  registration.  In  addition  to  a  formal  report,  an  oral  presen- 
tation of  the  results  will  be  required.  May  be  repeated.  Prerequisite,  30  hours 
of  graduate  study  in  speech  and  hearing  science.  (Staff.) 

Speech  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 


ZOOLOGY 

Zool.  1.    General  Zoology.  (4) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  Lecture  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  N-210.  Zool.  1  and  2  satisfy  the 
freshman  pre-medical  requirement  in  general  biology.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00. 
An  introduction  to  the  modern  concepts  of  bio.logical  principles  and  animal  life. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  functional  aspects  of  living  systems  with  a 
survey  of  the  physical  and  chemical  bases  of  ail  life  processes.  (Kaufman.) 

Lab  section  1— T.Th.;  9:30-11:30;  CC-101  (Staff.) 

Lab  section  2— T.Th.;  9:30-11:30;  CC-107  (Staff.) 

Lab  section  3— T.Th.;  9:30-11:30;  CC-108  (Staff.) 

Lab  section  4— T.Th.;  9:30-11:30;  CC-109  (Staff.) 

Zool.  2.  The  Animal  Phyla.  (4) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  Lecture  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  F-112.  Prerequisite,  Zool.  1  or  Bot. 
1.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  A  study  of  the  anatomy,  classification,  and  life  his- 
tories of  representative  animals,  invertebrates,  and  vertebrates.  (Staff.) 
Lab  section  1— M.T.Th.F.,  9:00-11:00;  CC-110.  (Staff.) 
Lab  section  2— M.T.Th.F.,  9:00-11:00;  CC-115                                          (Staff.) 

Zool.  55S.   Development  of  the  Human  Body.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:00;  T-118.  A  study  of  the  main  factors  affecting 
the  growth  and  development  of  the  child  with  special  emphasis  on  normal 
development.  (Nardell.) 

Zool.  109.  Cell  Biology.  (4) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  Lectures,  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  R-113.  Laboratory,  M.T.Th.F., 
9-12;  R-  113.  Prerequisites,  two  years  of  zoology  and  organic  chemistry,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  A  study  of  cell  structure 
and  function  with  an  emphasis  on  the  activity  of  subcellular  organoids  and  the 
mechanisms  of  coordination  and  control  of  cell  function.  (Brown.) 

44 


Business  Administration 
ZooL.  118.  Invertebrate  Zoology.*  (4) 

Five  lectures  and  five  laboratories  per  week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology 
and  permission  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  An  advanced  course 
dealing  with  the  phylogeny,  morphology,  embryology,  and  ecology  of  inverte- 
brates, exclusive  of  insects.  (Herman.) 

ZooL.  127.  Ichthyology.*  (4) 

Five  lectures  and  five  laboratories  per  week.  Prerequisites,  General  Zoology. 
The  Animal  Phyla,  and  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology,  or  equivalent,  and 
permission  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  A  course  in  the  anatomy 
embryology,  distribution  habits,  taxonomy,  and  ecology  of  marine,  estuarine 
and  freshwater  fishes.  (Schwartz.) 

ZooL.  150.  Special  Problems  in  Zoology.  (1  or  2) 

Prerequisite,  major  in  zoology  or  biological  sciences,  a  minimum  of  3.0  cumu- 
lative average  in  the  biological  sciences,  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Labor- 
atory fee,  $12.00.  Research  or  integrated  reading  in  zoology.  A  student  may 
register  several  times  and  receive  up  to  8  semester  hours  of  credit. 

Section  1  — Arranged.  (Staff.) 

Section  2*— Arranged.  (Staff.) 

Zool.  152H.   Honors  Independent  Study.  (1-4) 

Arranged.  Prerequisites,  participation  in  honors  program.  Study  of  classical 
material  by  way  of  guided  independent  study  and  laboratory  experiments.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  total  of  12  hours  credit.  (Staff.) 

ZooL.  153H.   Honors  Research.  (1-2) 

Arranged.  Prerequisite,  participation  in  honors  program.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00. 
A  laboratory  research  problem;  required  each  semester  during  honors  partici- 
pation and  culminating  in  an  honors  thesis.  Repeatable  to  a  total  of  8  hours 
credit.  (Staff.) 

ZooL.  208.  Special  Problems  in  Zoology. 

Section  1  — Arranged.     Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  (Staff.) 

Section  2* — Arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.  Available  in  fisheries,  parasi- 
tology, systematics,  ecology,  and  general  zoology.  (Staff.) 

ZooL.  399.  Research. 

Arranged.   Research  on  thesis  project  only.   Laboratory  fee,  $12.00.        (Staff.) 

*  Offered  at  the  Chesapeake  Biological  Laboratory,  June  28  to  August  4.  Address 
inquiries  to:  Director,  Chesapeake  Biological  Laboratory,  Box  38,  Solomons,  Mary- 
land. 


BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 
B.A.  10.  Business  Enterprise.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  A  survey  course  treating  the  internal  and  functional 
organization  of  business  enterprise,  its  organization  and  control. 
Section  1—11:00,  Q-132.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—11:00,  Q-131.  (Staff.) 


45 


Business  Administration 

B.A.  20.  Principles  of  Accounting.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  The  fundamental 
principles  and  problems  involved  in  accounting  for  proprietorship  corporations 
and  partnerships. 

Section  1—9:30,  Q-122.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—9:30,  Q-108.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  21.  Principles  of  Accounting.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  The  fundamental 
principles  and  problems  involved  in  accounting  for  proprietorsips,  corporations, 
and   partnerships.  (Staff.) 

Section  1—8:00,  Q-104.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—8:00,  Q-133.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  110.  Intermediate  Accounting.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-110.  Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  A  compre- 
hensive study  of  the  theory  and  problems  of  evaluation  of  assets,  application  of 
funds,  corporation  accounts  and  statements,  and  the  interpretation  of  accounting 
statements.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  111.  Intermediate  Accounting.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-122.  Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  A  comprehen- 
sive study  of  the  theory  and  problems  of  valuation  of  assets,  application  of 
funds,  corporation  accounts  and  statements,  and  the  interpretation  of  accounting 
statements.  (Edelson.) 

B.A.  119.  Budgeting  and  Control.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  AA-16.  Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  The  use  of 
financial  data  in  controlling  an  enterprise.  Budgetary  formulation,  execution, 
and  appraisal.  The  use  of  accounting  in  managerial  decision  making.       (Staff.) 

B.A.  120.  Accounting  Systems.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00,  Q-123.  How  to  make  a  survey  of  the  bus- 
iness, select  the  methods  to  be  used,  design  the  system  or  procedure,  and  pre- 
pare the  systems  report  or  manual.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  124.  Advanced  Accounting.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00,  Q-122.  Prerequisite,  B.A.  Ill  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Advanced  accounting  theory  applied  to  specialized  problems  in 
partnerships,  ventures,  consignments,  installment  sales,  insurance,  statement  of 
affairs,  receiver's  accounts,  realization  and  liquidation  reports,  governmental  ac- 
counting, and  applications  of  mathematics  to  accounting  problems.     (Edelson.) 

B.A.  130.  Business  Statistics  I.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
An  introductory  course.  Topics  covered  include  statistical  observation,  frequency 
distribution,  averages,  measures  of  variability,  elementary  probability,  sampling, 
distribution,  problems  of  estimation,  simple  tests  of  hypotheses,  index  numbers, 
time  series,  graphical  and  tabular  presentation. 

Section  1—  8:00,  Q-103.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—  9:30,  Q-103.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—11:00,  Q-103.  (Staff.) 

Section  4—12:30,  Q-103.  (Staff.) 

46 


Business  Administration 
B.A.  140.  Business  Finance.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Deals  with  principles  and  practices  involved  in  the 
organization,  financing,  and  reconstruction  of  corporations;  the  various  types  of 
securities,  and  their  use  in  raising  funds,  apportioning  income;  risk  and  control; 
intercorporate  relations;  and  new  developments. 

Section  1—8:00;  F-104.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—8:00;  F-103.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  149.  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  An  introductory  course  to  give  a  general  understand- 
ing and  appreciation  of  the  forces  operating,  institutions  employed,  and  methods 
followed  in  marketing  agricultural  products,  natural  products,  services,  and  manu- 
factured goods. 

Section  1—9:30;  Q-123.  (Ashman.) 

Section  2—9:30;  J- 104.  (Brunner.) 

B.A.  151.  Advertising.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  12:30;  Q-123.  Prerequisite,  B.A.  149  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  role  of  advertising  in  the  American  economy;  the 
impact  of  advertising  on  our  economic  and  social  life,  the  methods  and  techniques 
currently  applied  by  advertising  practitioners  and  modern  research  methods  to 
improve  the  effectiveness  of  advertising,  and  the  organization  of  the  advertising 
business.  (Ryans.) 

B.A.  160.  Personnel  Management  I.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Deals  with  functional  and  administrative  relation- 
ships between  management  and  the  labor  force.  It  comprises  a  survey  of  the 
scientific  selction  of  employees,  "in-service"  training,  job  analysis,  classification 
and  rating,  motivation  of  employees,  employee  adjustment,  wage  incentives,  em- 
ployee discipline  and  techniques  of  supervision,  and  elimination  of  employment 
hazards. 

Section  1—12:30;  Q-104.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—12:30;  Q-122.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  163.  Labor  Relations.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-133.  A  study  of  the  development  and 
methods  of  organized  groups  in  industry  with  reference  to  the  settlement  of 
labor  disputes.  An  economic  and  legal  analysis  of  labor  union  and  employer 
association  activities,  arbitration,  mediation  and  conciliation,  collective  bargain- 
ing, trade  agreements,  strikes,  boycotts,  lockouts,  company  unions,  employee 
representation,  and  injunctions.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  168,  Management  and  Organization  Theory.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  The  development  of  management  and  organization 
theory,  nature  of  the  management  process  and  function  and  its  future  develop- 
ment. The  role  of  the  manager  as  an  organizer  and  director,  the  communication 
process,  goals  and  responsibilities. 

Section  1—11:00,  Q-28.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—11:00,  T-118.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  170.  Principles  of  Transportation.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00,  G-109B.  A  general  course  covering  the  five 
fields  of  transportation,  their  development,  service,  and  regulation.  (Staff.) 

47 


Business  Administration 
B.A.  180.  Business  Law.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Legal  aspects  of  business  relationships,  contracts, 
negotiable  instruments,  agency,  partnerships,  corporations,  real  and  personal 
property  and  sales. 

Section  1 — 8:00;  Q-28.  (Dawson.) 

Section  2—8:00;  G-205.  (Brabham.) 

B.A.  182.  Advanced  Business  Law.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  G-109B.  Designed  primarily  for  CPA  can- 
didates. Legal  aspects  of  wills,  insurance,  torts  and  bankruptcy.         (Dawson.) 

B.A.  189.  Business  and  Government.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  A  study  of  the  role  of  government  in  modem  eco- 
nomic life.  Social  control  of  business  as  a  remedy  for  the  abuses  of  business 
enterprise  arising  from  the  decline  of  competition.  Criteria  of  limitations  on 
government  regulation  of  private  enterprise. 

Section  1—11:00;  G-109.  (Pisani.) 

Section  2—11:00;  Q-104.  (Staff.) 

B.A.  199.  Business  Policies.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing.  A  case  study  course 
in  which  the  aim  is  to  have  the  student  ap'^ly  both  what  he  has  learned  of  gen- 
eral management  principles  and  their  specialized  functional  applications  of  the 
overall  management  function  in  the  enterprise. 

Section  1—9:30;  Q-28.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—9:30;  G-109A.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—9:30;  G-205.  (Staflf.) 

B.A.  269.  Application  of  Behavioral  Science  to  Business.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  T.Th.,  3-5:30;  Q-104.  Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  go 
into  greater  depth  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  behavioral  science 
research  in  management.  (Carroll.) 

B.A.  281.   Private  Enterprise  and  Public  Policy.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  W.F.,  3-5:30;  Q-104.  Examines  the  executive's  social  and 
ethical  responsibilities  to  his  employees,  customers,  and  to  the  general  public. 
Consideration  is  given  to  the  conflicts  occasioned  by  competitive  relationships  in 
the  private  sector  of  business  and  the  effect  of  institutional  restraints.  The  trends 
in  public  policy  and  their  future  effect  upon  management  are  examined.  For 
comparative  purposes,   several   examples   of  planned  societies  are   considered. 

(Staflf.) 

B.A.  283.    Management  Policy  Formulation.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.W.,  8:00-10:30;  Q-504.  Aflfords  an  insight  into  the  problems 
confronting  top  management.  A  complex  management  game  supplemented  by 
the  case  method;  provides  a  simulated  environment  required  for  dynamic  deci- 
sion-making policy  formulation.  (Staflf.) 

B.A.  399.  Thesis.    (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staflf.) 


48 


Economics 

ECONOMICS 

EcoN.  4.  Economic  Developments    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  No  prerequisite.    Introduction  to  modem  economic 
institutions  with  emphasis  on  development  in  England,  Western  Europe,  and 
the  United  States. 
Section  1—  9:30,  Q-107. 
Section  2—11:00.  Q-107. 

Econ.  31.  Principles  of  Economics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  A  general  anal- 
ysis of  the  functioning  of  the  economic  system,  with  special  emphasis  on  national 
income  analysis.  A  considerable  portion  of  the  course  is  devoted  to  a  study  of 
basic  concepts  and  explanatory  principles.  The  remainder  deals  with  major  prob- 
lems of  the  economic  system. 

Section  1—8:00,  Q-107.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—9:30,  J-132.  (Staff.) 

Econ.  32.  Principles  of  Economics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18,  M.T.Th.F.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  31.  A  general  analysis  of  the 
functioning  of  the  economic  system,  with  special  emphasis  on  resource  alloca- 
tion. A  considerable  portion  of  the  course  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  basic  con- 
cepts and  explanatory  principles.  The  remainder  deals  with  the  major  problems 
of  the  economic  system. 

Section  1—8:00,  Q-129.  (Staff.) 

Section  2—9:30,  J-131.  (Staff.) 

Econ.  37.  Fundamentals  of  Economics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-130.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  in  Econ.  31  and  32.  Not  open  to  B.P.A. 
students.  A  survey  of  the  general  principles  underlying  economic  activity.  This 
is  the  basic  course  in  economics  for  the  General  Education  Program  for  students 
who  are  unable  to  take  the  more  complete  course  provided  in  Econ  31  and  32. 

(Staflf.) 

Econ.  102.  National  Income  Analysis.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  G-109A.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32.  Required 
for  Econ.  majors.  An  analysis  of  national  income  accounts  and  the  level  of 
national  income  and  employment  (Staflf.) 

Econ.  105.  Introduction   to  Economic  Development  of 
Underdeveloped  Areas.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  J-140.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  An  anal- 
ysis of  the  economic  and  social  characteristics  of  underdeveloped  areas.  Recent 
theories  of  economic  development;  obstacles  to  development;  policies  and 
planning  for  development.  (Staflf.) 

Econ.  130.  Mathematical  Economics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  G-309.  Prerequisites,  Econ.  102  and  132, 
and  one  year  of  college  mathematics.  A  course  designed  to  enable  economic 
majors  to  understand  the  simpler  aspects  of  mathematical  economics.  Those  parts 
of  the  calculus  and  algebra  required  for  economic  analysis  will  be  presented. 

(Staflf.) 

49 


Economics 

EcoN.  131.  Comparative  Economic  Systems.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-110.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  An 
investigation  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  various  types  of  economic  systems. 
The  course  begins  with  an  examination  and  evaluation  of  the  capitalistic  system 
and  is  followed  by  an  analysis  of  alternative  types  of  economic  systems  such 
as  fascism,  socialism,  and  communism.  (Staff.) 

EcoN.  132.    Intermediate  Price  Theory.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-104.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32.  Required  for 
economics  majors.  This  course  is  an  analysis,  of  price  and  distribution  theory 
with  special  attention  to  recent  developments  in  the  theory  of  imperfect  compe- 
tion.  (Staff.) 

EcoN.  140,  Money  and  Banking.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-108.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  A  study 
of  the  organization,  functions,  and  operation  of  our  monetary,  credit,  and  bank- 
ing system;  the  relation  of  commercial  banking  to  the  Federal  Reserve  System; 
the  relation  of  money  and  credit  to  prices;  domestic  and  foreign  exchange  and 
the  impact  of  public  policy  upon  banking  and  credit.  (Staff.) 

EcoN.  142.  Government  Finance.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  O-240.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  A  study 
of  the  role  of  federal,  state,  and  local  g/vemments  in  mobilizing  resources  to 
meet  public  wants;  principles  and  policies  of  taxation,  debt  management,  and 
government  expenditures  and  their  effects  on  resource  allocation,  stabilization  of 
income  and  prices,  income  distribution,  and  economic  growth.  (Staff.) 

EcoN.  148.  International  Economics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-129.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  A 
descriptive  and  theoretical  analysis  of  international  trade;  balance  of  payments 
accounts;  the  mechanism  of  international  economic  adjustment;  comparative 
costs;  economics  of  customs  unions.  (Staff.) 

EcoN.  160.  Labor  Economics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  Q-129.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  The 
historical  development  and  chief  characteristics  of  the  American  labor  move- 
ment are  first  surveyed.  Present  day  problems  are  then  examined  in  detail; 
wage  theories,  unemployment,  social  security,  labor  organization,  collective 
bargaining.  (Staff.) 

Econ.  200.  Micro-Economics  Analysis.   (3) 

Evening  meeting  hours  arranged.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  132.  A  critical  analysis 
of  the  theory  of  economic  decision-making  in  the  firm,  household,  and  industry 
in  perfect  and  imperfect  competition;  price,  output,  distribution  and  the  theory 
of  general  equilibrium.  Review  of  recent  contributions.  (Staff.) 

Econ.  211.  Quantitative   Economics   I.    (3) 

Evening  meeting  hours  arranged.  Required  of  all  Ph.D.  majors  in  economics. 
Elements  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  statistical  inference.  Tests  of  hypotheses, 
characteristics  of  estimates,  and  the  measurement  of  relationships  between  vari- 
able are  introduced,  with  applications  to  problems  of  empirical  economic 
research.  (Staff.) 

50 


Geography 


GEOGRAPHY 


Geog.  10.   General  Geography  I.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-228.  Introduction  to  geography  as  a  field 
of  study.  A  study  of  the  content,  philosophy,  techniques,  and  application  of 
geography  and  its  significance  for  the  understanding  of  world  problems. 

(Dando.) 

Geog.  30.  Principles  of  Morphology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  12:30;  Q-228.  A  study  of  the  physical  features  of 
the  earth's  surface  and  their  geographic  distribution,  including  subordinate  land 
forms.  Major  morphological  processes,  the  development  of  land  forms  and  the 
relationships  between  various  types  of  land  forms  and  land  use  problems. 

(Dando.) 

Geog.  42.  Fundamentals  of  Meteorology  and  Climatology.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-228.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  10,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  An  introduction  to  atmospheric  processes  and  their  geographical 
implications.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  basic  weather  elements  and  their  relationship 
to  the  controls  and  distribution  of  world  climates.  (Chaves.) 

Geog.  100 — Regional  Geography  of  Eastern  Anglo  America.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00,  Q-228.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  10  or  Geog.  15, 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  the  cultural  and  economic  geography 
and  the  geographic  regions  of  eastern  United  States  and  Canada,  including  an 
analysis  of  the  significance  of  the  physical  basis  for  present-day  diversification  of 
development,  and  the  historical  geographic  background.  (Gordon.) 

Geog.  111.  Economic  and  Cultural  Geography  of  South  America. 
(3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  Q-210.  A  survey  of  natural  environment  and 
resources,  economic  development  and  cultural  diversity  of  the  South  American 
republics,  with  emphasis  upon  problems  and  prospects  of  the  countries.  (Chaves.) 

Geog.  120.  Geography  of  Europe.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-209.  Agricultural  and  industrial  develop- 
ment of  Europe  and  present-day  problems  in  relation  to  the  physical  and  cultural 
setting  of  the  continent  and  its  natural  resources.  (Staff.) 

Geog.  190.  Political  Geography.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-209.  Geographical  factors  in  national  power 
and  international  relations;  an  analysis  of  the  role  of  "geopolitics"  and  "geo- 
strategy,"  with  special  reference  to  the  current  world  scene.  (Staff.) 

Geog.  191.  Population  Geography.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-210.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  10  or  15,  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  An  analysis  of  world  population  distribution  patterns 
as  revealed  by  demographic  data.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  a  comparison  of 
population  density,  growth,  composition  and  migration  with  natural  resources 
and  state  of  technological  advancement.  Case  studies  from  the  Geographical 
literature  will  be  used.  (Gordon.) 


51 


Government  and  Politics 

Geog.  199.  Undergraduate  Thesis  Research.  (3) 

Arranged.  (Staflf.) 

Geog.  399.  Dissertation  Research.  (3) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

G.  &  P.  1.  American  Government.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.  This  course  is  designed  as  the  basic  course  in  govern- 
ment, and  it  or  its  equivalent  is  a  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in  the  Depart- 
ment. It  is  a  comprehensive  study  of  governments  in  the  United  States — national, 
state,  and  local 

Section  1—  8:00,  Q-213,  (Staff.) 

Section  2—  9:30,  Q-213.  (Staff.) 

Section  3—11:00,  Q-213.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  3.   Principles  of  Government  and  Politics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-132.  A  study  of  the  basic  principles  and 
concepts  of  political  science.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  40.  Political  Ideologies.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-211.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  survey  and 
analysis  of  the  leading  ideologies  of  the  modern  world,  including  anarchism,  com- 
munism, socialism,  fascism,  nationalism,  and  democracy.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  97.  Governments  and  Politics  of  Europe.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  Q-110.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  com- 
parative study  of  the  political  systems  of  the  United  Kingdom,  France,  Germany, 
Italy,  and  other  selected  European  countries.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  101.  International  Political  Relations.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-132.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of 
the  major  factors  underlying  international  relations,  the  methods  of  conducting 
foreign  relations,  the  foreign  policies  of  the  major  powers,  and  the  means  of 
avoiding  or  alleviating  international  conflicts.  (Staff). 

G.  &  P.  106.  American  Foreign  Relations.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-211.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  The  principles 
and  machinery  of  the  conduct  of  American  foreign  relations,  with  emphasis  on 
the  Department  of  State  and  the  Foreign  Service,  and  an  analysis  of  the  major 
foreign  policies  of  the  United  States.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  110.  Principles  of  Public  Administration.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  Q-131.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  survey  of 
public  administration  in  the  United  States,  giving  special  attention  to  the  prin- 
ciples of  organization  and  management  and  to  fiscal,  personnel,  planning,  and 
public  relations  practices.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  132.  Civil  Rights  and  the  Constitution.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  Q-130.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study 
of  civil  rights  in  the  American  constitutional  context,  emphasizing  freedom  of 

52 


Government  and  Politics 

religion,  freedom  of  expression,  minority  discrimination,  and  the  rights  of  defen- 
dants. (Staflf.) 

G.  &  P.  142.  Recent  Political  Theory.    (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  Q-211.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of 
19th  and  20th  century  political  thought,  with  special  emphasis  on  recent  the- 
ories of  socialism,  communism,  and  fascism.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  154.  Problems  of  World  Politics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  G-109-A.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of 
governmental  problems  of  international  scope,  such  as  causes  of  war,  problems 
of  neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students  are  required  to  report  on  readings  from 
current  literatiu-e.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  160.  State  and  Local  Administration.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-131.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of 
the  administrative  structure,  procedures,  and  policies  of  state  and  local  govern- 
ments, with  special  emphasis  on  the  state  level  and  on  inter-governmental  rela- 
tionships, and  with  illustrations  from  Maryland  governmental  arrangements. 

(Staff.) 

G.  &P.  174.  Political  Parties.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  Q-130.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  descriptive 
and  analytical  examination  of  American  political  parties,  nominations,  elections, 
and  political  leadership.  (Staff.) 

G  &  P.  197.   Comparative  Political  Systems.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  Q-108.  Prerequisites,  G.  &  P.  97  and  at  least 
one  other  course  in  comparative  government.  A  study,  along  functional  lines,  of 
major  political  institutions,  such  as  legislatures,  executives,  courts,  bureaucra- 
cies, public  organizations  and  political  parties.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  203.  Functional  Problems  in  International 
Relations.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  T.Th.,  7:00  p.m.,  Q-104.  An  examination  of  the  major  sub- 
stantive issues  in  contemporary  international  relations,  involving  reports  on 
selected  topics  based  on  individual  research.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  207.  Seminar  in  Comparative  Governmental 
Institutions.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.Th.,  3:00;  Q-369.  Reports  on  selected  topics  for  individual 
study  and  reading  in  governmental  and  political  institutions  in  governments 
throughout  the  world.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  208.  Seminar  in  the  Government  and  Politics  of  Emerging 
Nations.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  M.W.,  7:00  P.  M.;  Q-369.  An  examination  of  the  programs  of 
political  development  in  the  emerging  nations  with  special  reference  to  the 
newly  independent  nations  of  Asia  and  Africa  and  the  less  developed  countries 
of  Latin  America.  Individual  reporting  as  assigned.  (Staff.) 


53 


Journalism 

G.  &  P.  213.  Problems  of  Public  Administration.  (3) 

June  30-Aug.  18;  T.F.,  12:30;  Q-369.  Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual 
study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  public  administration.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  215.  Problems  of  State  and  Local  Government.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.W.,  7:00  p.m.,  Q-104.  Reports  on  topics  assigned  for 
individual  study  in  the  field  of  state  and  local  government  throughout  the  United 
States.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  225.   Man  and  the  State.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  T.F.,  3:00;  Q-369.  Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  142.  Individual  read- 
ing and  reports  on  such  recurring  concepts  in  political  theory  as  liberty,  equal- 
ity, justice,  natural  law  and  natural  rights,  private  property,  nationalism  and  the 
organic  state.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  261.  Problems  IN  American  Government  AND  Politics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  T.Th.,  7:00  P.  M.,  Q-369.  An  examination  of  contemporary 
problems  in  various  fields  of  government  and  politics  in  the  United  States  with 
reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study.  (Staff.) 

G.  &  P.  399.  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 


JOURNALISM 

JouRN.  100.    News  Reporting.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  9:30,  G-304.  News  writing  and  reporting,  campus  news 
beat  in  producing  supervised  weekly  school  newspaper  in  laboratory.  Prerequi- 
site: type  30  words  per  minute.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  (Noall.) 

Journ.  152.  Advertising  Copy  and  Layout.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  8:00;  G-307.  Theory  and  practice  in  advertising  copy  and 
layout,  with  emphasis  on  newspaper  advertising,  for  letterpress  and  photo-offset 
printing.  Use  of  illustration,  type  selection,  copy-fitting,  media  selection.  Sell 
advertising  for  supervised  weekly  school  newspaper  in  laboratory.   (Newsom.) 

Journ.  160.   News  Editing.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily.  11:00;  G-305.  News  editing,  head  writing,  newspaper 
layout,  on  supervised  weekly  school  newspaper  in  laboratory.  Laboratory  fee, 
$3.00.  (Crowell.) 

Journ.  166.  Public  Relations.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  11:00;  G-309.  Principles  of  public  relation.  (Staff.) 

Journ.  173.  Scholastic  Journalism.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4:  Daily.  8:00;  G-304.  Introduction  to  theory  and  practice  of 
high  school  publications,  for  scholastic  publications  advisers.  (Crowell.) 


54 


Journalism 
JouRN.  181.  Press  Photography.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  8:00-11:00;  G-208.  Introduction  to  fundamentals  of 
shooting,  developing,  printing  of  news  and  feature  pictures.  Equipment  furnished 
by  the  department,  supplies  by  the  student.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.         (Geraci.) 

JouRN.  184.  Photo  Communications.   (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  G-208.  Theory  and  practice  in  uses  of  photo- 
journalism. General  introduction  to  phtography  for  non-journalism  majors. 
Some  practice  in  shooting,  developing,  and  printing  of  pictures  in  the  labora- 
tory. Equipment  furnished  by  the  department,  supplies  by  the  student.    (Geraci.) 

JouRN.  189S.   Scholastic  Journalism  Workshop.  (3) 

June  28-July  14;  Daily,  10:00-3:30;  G-310;  G-305.  Workshop  in  the  school 
newspaper,  for  advisers.  One  tabloid  edition  produced  in  laboratory.        (Noall.) 

JouRN.  192.   History  of  American  Journalism.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  12:30;  G-309.  Influences  on  political,  social,  and  cultural 
institutions.  (Staff.) 

JouRN.  196.  Problems  in  Journalism.  (1  or  2) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  arranged;  G-202.  (Staff.) 

EDUCATION 
EARLY  CHILDHOOD— ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Throughout  this  section,  A  refers  to  Early  Childhood  only;  B  refers  to 
Elementary  only. 

ECEEd  52.  Children's  Literature.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  L-301.  (Stant.) 

ECEEd  105-A.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School.  A,  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  00-210.  Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  (Williams.) 

ECEEd  105-B.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  00-210.  Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  (Blough.) 

ECEEd  115.  Activities  and  Materials  in  Early  Childhood 
Education.   (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  00-105.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Stant.) 

ECEEd  116.  Music  in  Early  Childhood  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  00-105.    Prerequisite,  Music  16  or  equivalent. 

(Staff.) 

ECEEd  121-B.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.  5.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;  8:00;  00-127.  (O'DonneU.) 

ECEEd  121-B.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4 ;  Daily  ;9:30;00-127.  ( O'Donnell. ) 

Note:  This  section  open  to  pre-service  undergraduates  only. 

55 


Education 

ECEEd  122-B.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  00-225.  (Potterfield.) 

ECEEd  122-B.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  00-225.  (Staff.) 

Note:  This  section  open  to  pre-service  undergraduates  only. 

ECEEd  124-B.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.  (3) 

Section  1— June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,   8:00;  00-277.  (Schindler.) 

Section  2— June  29-Aug.   18;   M.T.Th.F.;   9:30;  00-227  (Schindler.) 

ECEEd  125.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.    (3) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  NN-330.  (Feola.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;     1:00;  NN-330.  (Feola.) 

Note:  Enrollment  limited  to  25  per  section. 

ECEEd  152.   Literature  for  Children  and  Young  People, 

Advanced.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;   1:00;  L-45.  Prerequisite  ECEEd  52  or  permission  of 
instructor.  (Pfau.) 

ECEEd  153-B.   The  Teaching  of  Reading.  (3) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;   11:00;  AA-14.  (Herman.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4:  Daily;     1:00;  00-126.  (Herman.) 

ECEEd  153-B.  The  Teaching  of  Reading.   (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;  11:00;  AA-16.  (Hall.) 

Note:  This  section  open  to  pre-service  undergraduates  only. 

ECEEd  200.  Seminar  in  Elementary  Education.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;  9:30;  FF-16.  (Williams.) 

ECEEd  205.    Problems  in  Teaching  Science  in  Elementary 
Schools.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  DD-109.  (Blough.) 

ECEEd  211.  The  Young  Child  in  the  Community.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  Z-140.  (Amershek.) 

ECEEd  214.  Intellectual  Experiences  of  the  Nursery- 
Kindergarten  Child.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;  11:00;  DD-113.  (Amershek.) 

ECEEd  221.  Problems  of  Teaching  Language  Arts  in  Elementary 
Schools.  (2) 

Section  1— June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;     8:00;  DD-113  (Schumacher.) 

!=Section  2— June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;     8:00;  NN-13  (Potterfield.) 

ECEEd  224.  Problems  in  Teaching  Mathematics  in  Elementary 
Schools,  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.  F.;  8:00;  FF-18.  (Ashlock.) 


*  Section  2  limited  to  Experienced  Teacher  Fellows. 
56 


Education 


GENERAL  EDUCATION 

Ed.  102.  History  of  Education  in  the  United  States.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.;  8:00;  FF-7.  (Male.) 

Ed.  107.  Philosophy  of  Education.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  F-112.  (Agre.) 

Ed.  110.  Human  Development  and  Learning.  (6) 

Section  1— June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.,     9:30-12:20;  Z-147.  (Gardner.) 

Section  2— June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.,     9:30-12:20;  Z-156.  (Lawson.) 

Ed.  111.  Foundations  of  Education.  (3) 

Section  1— June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;     8:00;  00-301.  (Lindsay.) 

Section  2— June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.,     9:30;  00-210  (Lindsay.) 

Section  3— June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.;   11:00;  00-105  (Agre.) 

Section  4— June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;     9:30;  00-301  (Noll.) 

Section  5— June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.;  11:00;  00-227.  (Noll.) 

Ed.  147.  Audio-visual  Education.  (3) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  P-300.  (Schramm.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  P-300.  (Schramm.) 

Ed.  150.  Educational  Measurement.  (3) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  8:00;  00-222.  (Gerberich.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  J-378.  (Staff.) 

Section  3— June  29-Aug.   18,  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  J-226.  (Staflf.) 

Section  A — June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.;  11:00,  FF-7  (Johnson.) 

Ed.  151.  Statistical  Methods  in  Education.  (3) 

Section  1— June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.;  8:00;  FF-17.  (Johnson.) 

Section  2— June  29-Aug.   18;   M.T.Th.F.;  9:30;  J-347.  (Dayton.) 

Ed.  155.  Laboratory  Practices  in  Reading.  (3) 

Section  1 — June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  TBA  Reading  Center.  (Sullivan.) 

Section  2 — June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  TBA  Reading  Center.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  157.   Corrective-Remedial  Reading  Instruction.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  00-127.  Prerequisites,  ECEEd  153  or  equivalent. 

(Pfau.) 

Ed.  161.  Introduction  to  Counseling  andi  Pupil  Services.  (3) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  00-321.  (Marx.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  00-220.  (Staff.) 

(3) 


Ed.  162.  Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  U-16.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  187.  Field  Experience  in  Education.  (1-4) 

a.  Adult  Education  f.  Industrial  Arts  Education 

b.  Counseling  g.  Student  Personnel  Administration 

h.  Supervision 


c.  Curriculum  &  Instruction 

d.  Educational  Administration 

e.  Higher  Education 


Vocational-Industrial  Education 


57 


Education 

Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the 
experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience  may  be  provided  for  selected 
graduate  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience  and  whose  application  for 
such  field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  Education  faculty.  Field  experi- 
ence is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  non-major  students. 

Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  Ed.  187,  Ed. 
224,  and  Ed.  287  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours.  ' 

Ed.  188.  Special  Problems  in  Education.  (1-3) 

Prerequisites,  consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to  mature  students  who  have 
definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems.  Course  cards  must  have 
the  title  of  the  problem  and  the  name  of  the  faculty  member  who  has  approved 
^^-  (Staff.) 

Ed.  189-3.  Maryland  Elementary  Mathematics  Inservice  Project 

Seminar.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  10:40-12:00.  Open  only  to  participants  in  Maryland  Elementary 
Mathematics  In-Service  Project.  (Henkelman.) 

Ed.  189-7.  Supervision  of  Student  Teachers.  (3) 

June  28-July  14;  Daily;  9:30-3:30;  J-372,  J-360.  (Schumacher,  Ashlock.) 

Ed.  189-8.  Workshop   in  Instructional  Materials.    (3) 

July  24-Aug.  11;  Daily;  8:30-12:00.  (Brown.) 

Ed.  189-9.  Workshop  in  Economic  Education.  (3) 

June  28-July  14;  Daily;  8:30-12:00;  J-356.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  189-12.  Workshop  in  Early  Childhood  Education.  (3) 

June  28-July  14;  Daily,  9:30-12:30;  00-2016.  For  leadership  personnel.  Ad- 
mission by  consent  of  instructor  only.  (Hymes.) 

Ed.  189-26.  Human  Relations  in  Educational  Administration  (6) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:00-3:00;  (Off  Campus)  Enrollment  limited.  Preference 
in  enrollment  will  be  given  to  teams  designated  by  Maryland  school  systems. 

(Newell.) 
Ed.  189-33.  Child  Study  Leaders.  (2) 

June  26-July  7;  Daily;  8:00-3:00;  J-352.  (Thompson,  Goering.) 

Ed.  189-35.  Application  of  Human  Development  Principles  in 
Classrooms.  (2) 

July  lO-July  21;  Daily;  8:00-3:00;  J-352.  (Thompson,  Goering.) 

Ed.  189-37.  Action  Research  in  Human  Development  Education. 

Aug.  7-Aug.  18;   Daily;  8:00-3:00;  J-352.  (Thompson,  Goering.) 

Ed.  189-53.  Educator's  Workshop  on  Automatic  Data 
Processing.  (6) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:00-12:00;  J-347.  (Staff.) 

58 


Education 
Ed.  189-57.  Workshop  in  Team  Teaching.  (3) 

June  28-July  14;  Daily;  9:30-3:30;  J-341.  (Funaro.) 

Ed.  189-67.  Workshop  in  Vocational  Education.  (1) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  18;  W.;  9:30;  P-116.  (Mertens.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  18;  W.;  1:30;  P-116.  (Mertens.) 

Ed.  189-68.  NDEA  Institute  for  Teachers  of  Industrial  Arts 

Ed.  189-73.  Overseas  Travel  Seminar. 

June  28-Aug.  11.  (O'Neill.) 

Typewriting  Demonstration  Laboratory.   (0) 

July  24-Aug.  4;  8:30-10:15.  (O'Neill.) 

Ed.  202.  Junior  College.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  00-220.  (Kelsey.) 

Ed.  203.  Problems  in  Higher  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  FF-19.  (Kelsey.) 

Ed.  205.  Comparative  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;  11:00;  FF-19.  (Male.) 

Ed.  210.  The  Organization  and  Administration  of  Public  Educa- 
tion. (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  FF-20.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  211.  The  Organization  and  Administration  of  Secondary 
Schools.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;  8:00;  00-223X.  (J.  P.  Anderson.) 

Ed.  216.  Public  School  Supervision.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;  9:30;  C-215  (J.  P.  Anderson.) 

Ed.  217.  Administration  and  Supervision  in  Elementary  School. 
(3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  1:00;  00-222.  (Dudley.) 

Ed.  219.  Seminar  in  Educational  Administrative  and  Supervision. 
(2) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  O-240.  (Dudley.) 

Ed.  224.  Apprenticeship  in  Education.  (6-9) 

a.  Counseling  e.  Supervision 

b.  Curriculum  &  Instruction  f.  Student  Personnel  Administration 

c.  Educational  Administration  g.  Vocational   Industrial  Education 

d.  Industrial  Arts  Education 

Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  students 
whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship  has  been  approved  by  the  Education 
faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or 
the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice  main- 

59 


Ed. 


Ed. 


Ed. 


Ed. 


Ed. 


Education 

tains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  persons 
mvolved.    Prerequisites,   teaching  experience,    a   master's   degree   in   education 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
ooc    c  «  (Staff.) 

225.  School  Public  Relations.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  FF-22. 

227.  Public  School  Personnel  Administration.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  00-307. 

234.  The  School  Curriculum.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  00-126. 

Ed.  235.  Principles  of  Curriculum  Development.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  00-126. 

241.  Problems  in  the  Teaching  of  Reading.  (3) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  1:00;  00-127. 
*Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30. 

245.  Introduction  to  Research.  (2) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.,     9:30;  0-236 
Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;   11:00;  00-220 
Section  3— June  28-Aug.  18;  M.W.F.;     8:00;  FF-24 
Section  4 — June  28-Aug.   18;  M.W.F.;     9:30;  O-lOl 
Section  5— June  28-Aug.  18;  M.W.F.;   11:00;  0-236. 

249.  Personality  Theories  in  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;  8:00;  00-307. 

251.  Intermediate  Statistics  in  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;  9:30;  00-125.  (Stunkard.) 

253.  Occupational  Choice  Theory  and  Information.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  U-111.  (Ehrle  ) 

254.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Pupil.  (2) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  9:30;  U-14  (Stenn.) 

fNSTRUCTioi^'  (S^'s)'"''^''  Laboratory  Experiences  in  Reading 

June  28-Aug.  4,  TBA 

The  first  semester  of  the  course  deals  with  diagnostic  techniques.  Each  partici- 
pant will  assist  m  diagnosing  reading  disabilities  and  in  recommending  instruc- 
tional programs  for  individual  pi  nils.  The  second  semester  deals  with  instruc- 
tion of  pupils  with  reading  disabilities.  Each  participant  will  plan  and  execute 
a  program  of  instruction  for  an  individual  or  a  small  group,  applying  findings 
of  the  preliminary  diagnosis.  (Wilson  ) 

257.  Diagnosis  and  Remediation  of  Reading  Disabilities    (3) 

^June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00,  00-125.  (Wilson.) 

♦Limited  to  Experienced  Teacher  Fellows. 


Ed. 


Ed. 


Ed. 


Ed 


(VanZwoll.) 


(VanZwoIl.) 


(Hovet.) 


(Staff.) 


(Sullivan.) 
(Hall.) 


(Raths.) 

(Hovet.) 

(Stunkard.) 

(Dayton.) 

(Staff.) 


(Greenberg.) 


Ed 


60 


Education 

Ed.  259.  Counseling  in  Elementary  Schools.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  11:00,;  FF-24  (Greenberg.) 

Ed.  260.  School  Counseling:  Theoretical  Foundations  and 
Practice.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  Y-19.  (Lawrence.) 

Ed.  261.  Practicum  in  Counseling.  (2) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  9:30.  (Ray.) 

♦Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4,  Daily,  9:30;  00-32  (Rhoads.) 

Ed.  262.  Measurement  in  Pupil  Appraisal.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  00-301.  (Gerberich.) 

Ed.  269.  Counseling  and  Pupil  Services  Seminar.  (2) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00,  FF-25.  (Peterson.) 

Ed.  281.  Source  Materials  in  Education.  (2) 

June   28-Aug.   4;  M.T.Th.F.;   8:00;   J-18.  (deBeruff.) 

Ed.  288.  Special  Problems  in  Education.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer  session.  Master's  advanced  graduate 
specialist,  or  doctoral  candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems 
under  the  direction  of  their  advisers  may  register  for  credit  under  this  number. 
Course-card  must  have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the  name  of  the  faculty 
member  under  whom  hte  work  will  be  done 

Ed.  290.  Doctoral  Seminar.  (1) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  W.,  9:30-12:30;  AA-16.  (Stunkard.) 

Ed.  399.  Research-Thesis.  1-6) 

Students  who  desire  credit  for  a  master's  thesis,  a  doctoral  dissertation,  or  a 
doctoral  project  should  use  this  number.  (Staff.) 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

Sec.  Ed.  114-115.  Financial  and  Economic  Education.  (3,  3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:30-3:30;  Z-441.  (Anderson.) 

Sec.  Ed.  138.  Methods  of  Teaching  Science  in  Secondary  Schools. 
(3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  00-210.   Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  (Staff.) 

Sec.  Ed.  140.  Curriculum,  Instructional  Observations  Art.   (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00,  FF-16.  (Staff.) 

Sec.  Ed.  141.  Methods  of  Teaching  English  in  Secondary  Schools. 
(3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00,  00-312.  (Woolf.) 


*  Limited  to  Experienced  Teacher  Fellows. 

61 


Education 

Sec.  Ed.  142.  TEAcmNc   the  Audio-Lingual  Skills   in   Foreign 
Languages.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8;00;  00-101.  (Funaro.) 

Sec  Ed.  145.  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  00-101  (Funaro.) 

Sec.  Ed.  240.  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum.  (3) 

Section  1 — Science:  June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00,  J-128  (Lockard.) 

Section  2— English:  June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  AA-8.  (Woolf.) 

Sec.  Ed.  268.  Seminar  in  Educational  Sociology.  (2) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;   11:00,  00-223.  (Grambs.) 

H.E.Ed.  102.  Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics.  (3) 

June  28-July  21;  Daily;  8:00-10:30;  00-312.  (Spencer.) 

H.E.Ed.  200.  Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education. 

July  24-Aug.  18;  Daily;  8:00-10:00;  00-312.  (Spencer.) 

B.Ed.  101.  Problems  in  Teaching  Office  Skills.  (2) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  Q-7.  O'NeUL) 

B.Ed.  104.  Basic  Business  Education  in  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  Q-19  (Peters.) 

B.Ed.  200.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Business  Education. 
(3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30,  Q-19.  (Patrick.) 

B.Ed.  255.  Principles  and  Problems  of  Business  Education.   (3) 
June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00,  Q-19.  (Peters.) 

MUSIC    EDUCATION* 

Mus.  Ed.  125.  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School.  (3) 

June  28-July  14;  Daily;  9:30-12:20;  NN-210.  Prerequisite,  Music  16  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  creative  approach  to  singing,  listening,  playing, 
rhythmic  activity,  and  composition.  Special  emphasis  on  contemporary  music 
and  creativity.  In  the  1967  Summer  Session,  groups  of  children  will  be  avail- 
able for  demonstrations.  (Shelley.) 

Mus.  Ed.  132.  Music  in  the  Secondary  School.  (3) 

July  17-August  4;  Daily;  9:30-12:20;  NN-210.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  study  of  the  music  program  in  the  secondary  school,  with  an  em- 
phasis on  methods  and  materials  for  general  music.  The  needs  in  general  music 
are  surveyed,  and  the  relationship  of  music  to  the  general  education  program 
is  investigated.  In  the  1967  Summer  Season,  groups  of  children  will  be  avail- 
able for  demonstration.  (Shelley.) 


*  For  music,  see  page  36. 
62 


Education 
Mus.  Ed.  206.  Choral  Conducting  and  Repertoire.  (3) 

June  28-August  4;  Daily;  2:00-3:20;  NN-202.  The  study  and  reading  of  choral 
literature  of  all  periods,  including  the  contemporary,  suitable  for  use  in  school 
and  community  choruses.  Style,  interpretation,  tone  quality,  diction,  rehearsal 
and  conducting  techniques  are  analyzed.  (Traver.) 

HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT  EDUCATION 

H.  D.  Ed.  105.  Adolescent  Development.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00,  FF-18.  (Felker.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  112,  114.  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Development 
(3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;   11:00-2:30;  00-320.  (Hatfield.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  145.  Guidance  of  Young  Children.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30,  00-223.  (Broome.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  200.  Introduction  to  Human  Development  and  Child 

Study.  (3) 

Section  1 — June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;     8:00,  00-303.  (Perkins.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;    9:30,  00-301.  (Kyle.) 

Section  3 — June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00,  00-126.  (Matteson.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  201.  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior.  (3) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;     8:00,  J-272.  (Chapin.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;     9:30,  J-153.  (Rogolsky.) 

Section  3— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;     1:00,  00-321.  (Chapin.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  202.  Social  Bases  of  Behavior.  (3) 

Section  1— June  28-Aug.  4;  DaUy;    9:30;  J-308.  (Felker.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  11:00,  FF-20.  (Bowie.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  203.  Integrative  Bases  of  Behavior.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4:  Daily;  9:30,  00-303.  (Bowie.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  210.  Affectional  Relationships  and  Processes  in  Hu- 
man Development.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00,  J-140.  (Kyle.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  212,  214.  Advanced  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  De- 
velopment. (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00-2:30;  J.282.  (Hatfield.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  221.  Learning  Theory  and  the  Educational  Process  I. 
(3) 

Section  1— June     28— Aug.  4;  Daily,     8:00;  J-308.  (Milhollan.) 

Section  2— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00,  00-303.  (Perkins.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  222.  Learning  Theory  and  the  Educational  Process  II. 
(3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  12:30,  00-227  (Milhollan.) 

63 


Bducation 


INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION 
I.  Ed.  34.  Graphic  Arts  I.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  9:30;  P-201. 
Laboratory  Fee,  $7.50. 

I.  Ed.  44.  Graphic  Arts  II.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  9:30;  P-201. 
Laboratory  Fee,  $7.50. 

I.  Ed.  50,  Methods  of  Teaching  (3) 

Section  1— June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00; 
(T.  &  L  Workshop  Only.) 
2— June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30; 
(T.  &  I.  Workshop  Only.) 
3— June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11.00; 


P-116. 

Section 

P-116. 

Section 

P-221. 


(Staflf.) 

(Staff.) 

(Luetkemeyer.) 

(Luetkemeyer.) 

(Chambliss.) 


I.  Ed.  69.  Machine  Shop  Practice  I.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  8:00; 

P-126.  Laboratory  Fee,  $7.50.  (Mertens.) 

I.  Ed.  84.  Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experiences.  (3) 

Arranged  for  students  enrolled  in  the  Education  for  Industry  Curiculum. 

(Merrill,  Gettle,  Campbell.) 
I.  Ed.  89.  Machine  Shop  Practice  II.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  8:00;  P-126. 

Laboratory  Fee,  $5.00.  (Mertens.) 

I.  Ed.  124.  Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experiences.  (3) 
Arranged  for  students  enrolled  in  the  Education  for  Industry  Curriculum. 

(Campbell,  Crosby,  Gettle.) 

I.  Ed.  125.  Industrial  Training  in  Industry  I.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  P-108.  (Merrill.) 

I.  Ed.  150.  Training  Aids  Development.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  P-300  (Schramm.) 

I.  Ed.  157.  Tests  and  Measurements.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  P-208.  (Chambliss.) 

I.  Ed.  164.  Laboratory  Organization  and  Management.  (3) 

Section  1— June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  P-127. 

(T.  &  L  Workshop  Only.)  (Staflf.) 

Section  2— June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  P-127. 

(T.  &  1.  Workshop  Only.)  (Staflf.) 

I.  Ed.  165.  Modern  Industry.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  P-212.  (Harrison.) 

I.  Ed.  169.  Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction.    (3) 

Section  1— June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  P-227. 

(T.  &  1.  Workshop  Only.)  (Beatty.) 

June  29-Aug.   18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  P-227. 

(Beatty.) 

64 


Section  2- 

(T.  &  I.  Workshop  Only.) 


Education 

I.  Ed.  171.  History  and  Principles  of  Vocational  Education  (3) 
June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  P-221.  (Tierney.) 

1.  Ed.  175.  Recent  Technological  Developments  in  Products  and 
Processes.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  DaUy;  11:00;  P-212.  (Crosby.) 

I.  Ed.  216.  Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  P-221.  (Tieraey.) 

I.  Ed.  241.  Content  and  Method  of  Industrul  Arts.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  P-108.  (Maley.) 

I.  Ed.  250.  Teacher  Education  IN  Industrial  Arts.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  P-212.  (Harrison.) 


LIBRARY  SCIENCE  EDUCATION 

L.  S.  Ed.  120.  Introduction  to  Librarianship.  (3) 

June  29-July  21;  M.T.Th.F.;  12:30-3:00,  00-301.  (E.  Anderson.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  122.  Basic  Reference  and  Information  Sources.  (3) 

July  24-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  12:30-3:20;  00-125.  (Staff.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  126.  Cataloging  and  Classification  of  Labrary 
Materials.  (3) 

June  29-July  21;  M.T.Th.F.;  8:00-10-40,  J-226.  (D.  Brown.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  128.  School  Library  Administration  and  Service.  (3) 
July  24-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.;  8:00-10:40,  J-226.  (James.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  130.  Library  Materials  for  Children.  (3) 

June  29-July  21;  M.T.Th.F.;  12:30-3:00;  00-303.  (Staff.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  132.  Library  Materials  for  Youth.  (3) 

July  24-Aug.  18;;  Daily;  12:30-3:00;  00-220.  (E.  Anderson.) 


SPECIAL  EDUCATION 

Sp.  Ed.  170.  Introduction  to  Special  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  DaUy;  8:00;  00-225.  (Huber.) 

Sp.  Ed.  171.  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children.  (3) 

A.  Mentally  Retarded.  (Renz.) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  AA-12. 

C.  Perceptual  Learning  Problems  (Campbell.) 

June  28-Aug.4;  Daily;  9:30;  00-321. 

Prerequisite,  Sp.  Ed.  170. 

65 


Engineering 

Sp.  Ed.  172.  Education  of  Exceptional  Children.  (3-6) 

A.  Mentally  Retarded.  (Jacobs.) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  AA-12. 

C.    Perceptual  Learning  Problems.  (Campbell.) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  00-307. 

Sp.  Ed.  173.  Curriculum  for  Exceptional  Children.  (3) 

A.      Mentally  Retarded.  (Staff.) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  AA-8. 
Prerequisite,  Sp.  Ed.  171  A. 

Sp.  Ed.  175.  Education  of  the  Slow  Learner.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  00-321.  (Siedman.) 

Sp.  Ed.  200.  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  8:00;  AA-8.  (Renz.) 

Sp.  Ed.  210.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Special  Education 
Problems.  (3) 

June  28-July  14;  Daily;  12:30-3:00;  00-307.  (SteUer.) 

Sp.  Ed.  215.  Evaluation  and  Measurement  of  Exceptional 
Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;   9:30;  AA-14.  (Du  Bois.) 

Prerequisites,  Ed.  150,  Ed.  151,  Sp.  Ed.  200. 

Sp.  Ed.  220-  Educational  Diagnosis  and  Planning  of  Exceptional 

Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  11:00;  00-220.  (Staff.) 

Prerequisite,  Sp.  Ed.  215. 

Sp.  Ed.  235.  Problems  in  the  Education  of  Children  with 
Emotional  Disturbances.   (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily;  9:30;  U-115.  (Huber.) 

Sp.  Ed.  278.  Seminar  in  Special  Education.  (2) 

June  29-Aug.  4;  M.T.Th.F.;  8:00;  AA-12.  (Hebeler.) 

ENGINEERING 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

En.  Ch.  15.  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis.  (2)* 

June  28-July  21;  Daily,  9:30;  U.112.  Introduction  to  the  methods  of  chemical 
engineering  analysis.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  department.  (Staff.) 

En.  Ch.  50.  Engineering  Thermodynamics.  (2)* 

July  24-Aug.  18.  Daily,  9:30;  U-112.  Fundamental  principles  of  thermody- 
namics and  their  application  to  engineering  problems.  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  the  department.  (Staff.) 


*These  two  courses  will  be  taught  sequentially  during  the  eight  weeks  session  and 
students  must  enroll  in  both  courses.  Principally  for  transfer  students  and  those 
with  deficiencies. 

66 


Engineering 

En.  Ch.  165.  Research.  (2  or  3) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

En.  Ch.  247.  Special  Problems  in  Chemical  Engineering.  (3) 
Arranged.  (Staff.) 

En.  Ch.  314.  Special  Problems  in  Nuclear  Engineering.  (2  or  3) 
Arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

En.  C^.  398.  Special  Problems  in  Engineering  Materials.  (Variable) 
Arranged.  (Staff.) 

En.  Ch.  399.  Research  in  Chemical  Engineering.  (1-6) 

Arranged.   Credit  according  to  work  assigned.   Laboratory  fee,  $8.00.     (Staff.) 

En.  Ch.  399.  Research  in  Nuclear  Engineering.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Staff.) 

En.  Ch.  399.  Research  in  Engineering  Materials.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff) 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

ENCE.  50.  Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  M70 

Prerequisite,  EN  ES  20,  or  concurrent  registration.  Properties  and  constitution 
of  the  principal  materials  used  in  civil  engineering;  laboratory  tests  for  these 
properties,  interpretation  of  test  results  and  of  specifications.  (Wedding.) 

ENCE.  90.  Engineering  Survey  Measurements  (3) 

June  5-17;  Daily,  8:00-5:00;  J-154,  J-156.  Corequisite,  Math  20  with  consent  of 
instructor.  Open  only  to  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Engineering. 
Standards,  units,  calibration;  measurement  of  distance,  elevation,  angles;  sys- 
tematic and  random  error  analysis  in  measurements;  fundamentals  of  mapping; 
instrumentation.  (Garber.) 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

ENEE.  80.  Algorithmic  Analysis  and  Computer  Programming.  (2) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Lecture,  M.W.,  12:30;  J-326.  Corequisite,  Math.  21.  Lab- 
oratory fee,  $5.00.  Required  of  sophomores  in  Electrical  Engineering.  Con- 
cepts and  properties  of  algorithms  (fully  defined  procedures  for  solving  prob- 
lems); problems  from  numerical  mathematics;  use  of  a  specific  algorithmic 
language,  MAD;  completion  of  several  projects  using  a  digital  computer. 

(MiUer.) 
Lab.  Section  1— Fri.,  9:30-12:00;  J-326. 
Lab.  Section  2— Fri.,  12:30-3:00;  J-326. 

ENEE.  90.  Circuit  Analysis  I.  (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  8:00;  J-104.  See  ENEE  91  for  related  laboratory  course. 
Corequisites,  Math.  22,  Phys.  21,  ENEE  91.  Required  of  sophomores  in  Elec- 
trical Engineering.  Introduction  to  circuit  theory;  Ohm's  law;  Kirchhoff's  laws; 
Basic  circuit  analysis  techniques;  energy  storage;  power;  elementary  transients 
by  classical  and  transform  methods;  sinusodial  analysis;  introduction  to  com- 
plex frequency.    ENEE  120  continues  where  ENEE  90  ends.         (Rumbaugh.) 

67 


Engineering 

ENEE  91.  Circuits  Laboratory  I.  (1) 

Arranged;  S-5.  First  Meeting  of  all  students.  Wed.,  June  28,  9:20,  S-5.  Lab- 
oratory fee,  $5.00.  Corequisite,  ENEE  90.  Required  of  sophomores  in 
Electrical  Engineering.  Laboratory  to  be  taken  in  association  with  ENEE  90. 
Electrical  components  and  basic  test  equipment,  principles  of  measurement  and 
data  handling;  circuit  behavior  with  variation  in  component  values. 

(Rumbaugh.) 

ENEE.  122.  Electronic  Circuits  I.  (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  8:00;  J- 10.  See  ENEE  123  for  related  laboratory  course. 
Prerequisite,  ENEE  120.  Corequisites,  ENEE  121,  ENEE  123,  and  ENEE  130. 
Required  of  juniors  in  Electrical  Engineering.  Transistors  and  electron  tubes 
in  dc,  pulse,  and  small-signal  situations;  analysis  of  basic  amplifiers;  biasing; 
basic  electronic  switches;  tuned  and  wide-band  amplifiers,  feedback.  ENEE  124 
continues  where  ENEE  122  ends.  (Glock.) 

ENEE.  123.  Electronics  Laboratory  L  (1) 

Arranged;  S-5.  First  meeting  of  all  students.  Wed.  June  28,  9:20  A.M.  S-8. 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Corequisite,  ENEE  122.  Required  of  juniors  in  Elec- 
trical Engineering.  Laboratory  to  be  taken  in  association  with  ENEE  122. 
Transistor  and  vacuum-tube  characteristics;  basic  electronic  switches;  ampli- 
fiers; design  practice.  To  the  extent  possible,  work  will  be  individual  or  in  two- 
man  squads.  (Glock.) 

ENEE.  140.  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery.   (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  J-10.  See  ENEE  141  for  related  labora- 
tory course.  Prerequisites,  ENEE  120,  ENEE  132.  Corequisite,  ENEE  141. 
Required  of  seniors  in  Electrical  Engineering.  Electromechanical  transducers; 
theory  of  electromechanical  systems,  power  and  wide-band  transformers,  rotat- 
ing electrical  machinery  from  the  theoretical  and  performance  points  of  view. 

(Abrams.) 

ENEE.  141.  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery  Laboratory. 

(1) 

Arranged;  S-2.  First  meeting  for  all  students  Wed.,  June  23,  12:30  P.  M.,  S-2. 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Corequisite,  ENEE  140.  Required  of  seniors  in  Elec- 
trical Engineering.  Laboratory  to  be  taken  in  association  with  ENEE.  140. 
Experiments  on  transformers;  synchronous  machines;  induction  motors;  syn- 
chros; loudspeakers;  other  transducers.  (Abrams.) 

ENEE.  180.  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  J-10.  Preresuisite,  Senior  standing.  Study 
of  selected  topics  from  the  literature  of  modem  Electrical  Engineering. 

(Guha.) 

ENEE.  223.  Advanced  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  8,00;  J-102.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Selected  topics  from  the  current  literature  of  electrical  engineering. 
May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit.  (Basham.) 

ENGINEERING  SCIENCES 

E.  S.  1.  Introductory  Engineering  Science.    (4) 

Jun  28-Aug.  18;  M.  8:00-10:50,  T.W.Th.F.,  8:00-9:50.  J-382.  Prerequisite, 
Math.  19  (or  concurrent  registration).  (Elkins.) 

68 


Engineering 

E.  S.  10.  Mechanics.  (4) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily.  Prerequisites,  E.  S.  1;  Math.  20  (or  concurrent). 
Numerical,  graphical  and  vectorial  computation  applied  to  elementary  problems 
in  mechanics.  (Elkins.) 

Section  1—  8:00,  J-378. 
Section  2—11:00,  J-378. 

E.  S.  20.  Mechanics  of  Materials.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  11:00;  J-140.  Prerequisite,  Math.  20,  Phys.  20 
and  E.  S.  10.  Distortion  of  engineering  materials  with  application  to  beams, 
columns,  shafts,  tanks,  trusses,  and  connections.  (Schelling.) 

E.  S.  21.  Dynamics.  (3) 

June  29-Aug.  18;  M.T.Th.F.,  12:30;  J-282.  Prerequisites,  E.  S.  10.,  Math,  20 
and  Phys.  20  (or  concurrent  registration).  Dynamics  of  particles  and  rigid 
bodies  with  applications  to  engineering  problems.  (Hayleck.) 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

M.  E.  1.  Thermodynamics  I.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  8:00;  J-282.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  20;  Math.  21  con- 
currently. (Eyler.) 

SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  AND 
INFORMATION  SERVICES 

L.  202.  Introduction  to  Reference  and  Bibliography.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  9-10;  L-100.  A  systematic  approach  to  bibliographic 
control  of  recorded  knowledge  and  the  methods  of  securing  information  from 
various  types  of  sources.  (McGrath.) 

L.  206.  Organization  of  Knowledge  in  Libraries  I.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  11-12;  L-405.  Introduction  to  basic  principles  of  sub- 
ject cataloging,  alphabetical  and  systematic.  (Perreault.) 

L.  207.  Organization  of  Knowledge  in  Libraries,  II.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  11-12;  L-301.  Introduction  to  basic  principles  of 
author/title  and  descriptive  cataloging  and  to  problems  of  implementation  and 
logistics.  (Dewey.) 

L.  209.  History  of  Libraries  and  their  Materials.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  12-1;  L-100.  The  development  of  publication  forms 
and  institutions  set  against  the  historical  framework  and  the  cultural  forces 
within  which  such  advances  were  made.  (Colson.) 

L.  215.  Literature  and  Research  in  the  Socul  Sciences.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  9-10;  L-405.  Bibliographic  organization,  influences  of 
major  contributions  to  the  literature,  information  structure  and  trends  in  the 
direction  of  research  in  the  principal  fields  of  the  social  sciences. 

(McDonough.) 

69 


Library 

L.  217.  Literature  and  Research  in  the  Humanities.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  10-11;  L-100.  Bibliographic  organization,  influences  of 
major  contributions  to  the  literature,  information  structure  and  trends  in  the 
direction  of  research  in  the  principal  humanistic  disciplines.  (McGrath.) 

L.  222.  Children's  Literature  and  Materials.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  10-11;  L-452M.  A  survey  of  literature  and  other  media 
of  communication  and  the  criteria  in  evaluating  such  materials  as  they  relate 
to  the  needs,  interests  and  capability  of  the  child.  (MacLeod.) 

L.  224.  Construction  and  Maintenance  of  Index  Languages.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  12-1;  L-301.  This  course  treats  the  making  of  classi- 
fication schedules,  subject  heading  lists  and  thesauri  and  those  considerations 
relating  to  the  revision  and  extension  of  existing  ones.  (Perreault.) 

L.  225.  Advanced  Data  Processing  in  Libraries.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  8-9;  L-100.  Analysis  of  retrieval  systems  and  intensive 
study  of  machine  applications  in  the  acquisition,  analysis,  coding,  retrieval  and 
display  of  information.  (Walston.) 

L.  245.  Legal  Literature.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  8-9;  L-452M.  Survey  and  evaluation  of  information 
sources  in  law,  with  emphasis  upon  the  bibliographic  organization  of  the  field. 

(Bougas.) 

L.  249.  Seminar  in  Technical  Services.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily,  8-9;  L-405.  Treatment  of  special  administrative  prob- 
lems related  to  acquisition,  cataloging  and  classification,  circulation,  and  mana- 
gerial controls.  (Riley.) 

L.  255.  Seminar  on  Manuscript  Collections.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  T.Th.,  2:45-5:00;  L-303.  Analysis  of  the  methods  and  philos- 
ophy of  handling  special  papers  and  documentary  material  in  a  research  library. 

(Land.) 

L.  259.  Business  Information  Services.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  9-10;  L-452M.  Survey  and  analysis  of  information 
sources  in  business,  finance,  and  economics  with  emphasis  upon  their  use  in 
problem  solving.  (Olive.) 

L.  26L  Seminar  in  the  Special  Library  and  Information  Center. 

(3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  1-2;  L-303.  A  seminar  on  the  development,  the  uses, 
the  objectives,  the  philosophy  and  the  particular  systems  employed  in  special 
library  service.  (Colson.) 

L.  263.  Literature  of  the  Fine  Arts.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  10-11;  L-303.  Consideration  and  evaluation  of  the 
resources  of  the  fine  arts,  emphasizing  bibliography  and  services  contained  in 
fine  arts  libraries.  (Staff.) 

L.  264.  Seminar  in  the  School  Library.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  11-12;  L-452M.  Special  problems  in  the  organization 
and  programs  unique  to  the  library  of  the  modern  school.  (Graham.) 

70 


Home  Economics 

L.  269.  Library  Systems.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  10-11;  L-405.  Evolution  and  current  patterns  of  re- 
gional library  development,  considering  the  economic,  legal,  service  and  man- 
agement problems  associated  with  library  systems  as  well  as  the  significance  of 
state  and  federal  programs  and  national  information  networks.  (Bundy.) 

L.  277.  International  and  Comparative  Librarianship.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Daily;  1-2;  L-100.  Comparative  analysis  of  the  organization 
and  development  of  libraries  and  their  programs  in  different  nations  and 
cultures.  (Staff.) 

HOME  ECONOMICS 

FAMILY  LIFE  AND  MANAGEMENT 

F.  L.  130.  Home  Management  and  Family  Life.  (3) 

HMGT.  16L  Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management.  (3) 

First  group,  June  26-July  21;  second  group,  July  24-August  18.  Laboratory  fee, 
$10.00.  A  charge  of  $40.00  for  food  and  supplies  is  assessed  each  student. 
Students  not  living  in  the  dormitories  are  billed  at  the  rate  of  $5.00  a  week 
for  a  room  in  the  Home  Management  House.  (Langfeldt.) 

FMLF.  132.  The  Ohld  in  the  Family.  (3) 

June  28-July  14.  Daily;  9:30-12:15;  H  9.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  equivalent. 
Study  of  the  child  from  prenatal  stage  through  adolescence  with  emphasis  on 
responsibility  for  guidance  in  the  home.  (Reiber.) 

HOEC.   190d.   Special  Problems  in  Family  Life.    (2) 

July  24-August  4.  Daily;  9:30-12-30;  H-9.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester 
hour.  (Reiber.) 

HOEC.  290d.  Specl\l  Problems  in  Family  Life.   (2) 

July  24-Aug.  4.   Daily,  9:30-12:30;  H-9.  (Reiber.) 

FOOD,  NUTRITION,  AND  INSTITUTION  ADMINISTRATION 
Food  150.  Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management.  (3) 

June  28-July  21;  Daily;  9:30-12:30;  H-203.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Manage- 
ment of  family  meals  through  study  of  the  distribution  and  marketing  of  food 
and  the  management  of  time,  energy,  money,  and  other  resources.  (Sell.) 

Food  220.  Seminar.   (2) 

June  28-July  7.  Daily,  9:30-12:30;  H-222.  Reports  and  discussion  of  current 
research  in  food.  (Staff.) 

Nutr.  212.  Nutrition  for  Community  Services.  (3) 

July  lO-July  28.  Daily;  9:30-12:15;  H-225.  Application  of  the  principles  of 
nutrition  to  various  commumty  problems.  (Staff.) 

Nutr,  20.  Elements  of  Nutrition.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily;  8:00-9:20;  H-222.  Basic  nutrition.  Yaboratory  fee, 
$3.00.  (Staff.) 

I.  A.  153.  Food  Service  Organization  and  Management.  (2) 

July  31 -August  11.  Daily,  9:30-12:30;  H-222.  Application  of  principles  of 
scientific  management  to  the  organization  of  food  services.  Personnel  manage- 
ment. (Staff.) 

Food  399.  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

Nutr.  399.  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

71 


Home  Economics 

GENERAL  HOME  ECONOMICS 

HOEC  201.  Methods  of  Research  in  Home  Economics.  (3) 

June  28-July  14.  Daily;  9:30-12:15;  H-5.  Application  of  scientific  methods  to 
problems  in  the  field  of  home  economics  with  emphasis  on  needed  research. 

(Staff.) 
HOEC.  202.  Integrative  Aspects  of  Home  Economics.  (2) 

July  17-July  28.  Daily;  9:30-12:15;  H-5.  Scope  and  focus  of  total  professional 
field  with  emphasis  on  purpose  and  functions  as  related  to  family  and  other 
group  living.  (Staff.) 

HOEC.  190c.  Special  Problems  in  Home  Economics.  (1-3) 

June  18-Aug.  4.  Arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester  hour.       (Staff.) 

HOEC.  290c.  Special  Problems  in  Home  Economics.  (1-3) 

June  18-Aug.  4.   Arranged.  (Staff.) 

HOEC.  399.  Thesis  Research.   (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

HOUSING  AND  APPLIED  DESIGN 
APDS.  1.  Design.   (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  8:00;  H-101.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Art  expression  through 
various  media.  (Beckwith. 

HOEC.  190a.  (Sec.  1)  Special  Problems  in  Costume  Illustration. 

(2) 

June  28-July  14.  Daily  9:30-12:15;  H-101.  (Beckwith.) 

HOEC.   190a.   (Sec.  2)   Special  Problems  in  Interior.   (2) 
June  28-July  14.  Arranged;  H-105.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester  hour. 

(Shearer.) 

HOEC.   190a.    (Sec.   3)   Special  Problems  in  Housing.   (3) 

July  24- Aug.  11.  Arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester  hour.     (Staff.) 

HOEC.  290a.  (Sec.  1)  Special  Problems  in  Costume  Illustration. 

(2) 

June  28-July  14.  Daily,  9:30-12:15;  H-101.  (Beckwith.) 

HOEC.  290a.   (Sec.  2)   Special  Problems  in  Interior.   (2) 

June  28-July  14.   Arranged;  H-105.  (Shearer.) 

HOEC.   290a.    (Sec.   3)   Special  Problems  in  Housing.   (3) 

July  24-Aug.  11.   Arranged.  (Staff.) 

TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING 
CLTH.  122.  Tailoring.   (2) 

June  28-July  21.  Daily;  9:30-1:15;  H-132.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester 
hour.  Prerequisite,  Pattern  Design.  Construction  of  tailored  garments  requiring 
professional  skill.  (Staff.) 

CLTH.  220.  Special  Studies  in  Clothing.  (3) 

July  24-Aug.  18.  Daily;  12:30-3:00;  H-132.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester 
hour.  Special  areas  of  clothing  are  selected  according  to  interest  of  student  and 
evaluation  and  analysis  studies  made  of  those  areas.  Emphasis  this  year  will  be 
on  design.  (Staff.) 

CLTH.  127.  Apparel  Design.  (3) 

July  24-Aug.  18.  Daily;  1:30-4:00;  H-132.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester 
hour.  Prerequisite,  Clo.  120  or  equivalent.  The  are  of  costuming.  Trade  and 
custom  methods  of  clothing  design  and  construction.  Advanced  work  in  draping 
and  pattern  design.  (Staff.) 

72 


Physical  Education 


TXCL.  110.  Field  Experience  in  Textiles  and  Clothing.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  18;  Time  and  place  arranged.  Supervised  and  coordinated  train- 
ing-work program  in  cooperation  with  organizations  and  agencies. 

(MitcheU.) 

TEXT.  153.  International  Textiles.  (2) 

June  28-July  21.  Daily;  2:00-3:50;  H-132.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite, 
basic  textiles  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  historic  and  contemporary 
fibers  and  laces  with  analysis  of  design  and  techniques  of  decorating  fabrics. 

(MitcheU.) 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH 

P.  E,  SIO.  Physical  Education  Activities.  (1-4) 

June  28-Aug.  4.   Not  available  for  credit  by  physical  education  majors.   Non- 
majors  in  physical  education  may  use  this  credit  to  fulfill  graduation  require- 
ments in  physical  education.  Fee,  $6.00. 
Section  1 — Tennis  (1)  Daily,  12:30.   Cole  Courts. 
Section  2 — Swimming  (1)  Daily,  11:00.   Cole  Pool.  (Kramer.) 

P.  E.  100.  Kinesiology.  (4) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily,  9:30,  and  arranged;  GG-304.  The  study  of  human  move- 
ment and  the  physical,  mechanical  and  physiological  principles  upon  which 
it  depends.  (Kelley.) 

P.  E.  160.  Theory  of  Exercise.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  8:00;  GG-205.  A  study  of  exercise  and  its  physiological 
and  kinesiological  bases.  (Clarke.) 

P.  E.  180.  Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  8:00;  GG-202.  The  application  of  the  principles 
and  techniques  of  educational  measurement  to  teaching  health  and  physical 
education.  (Kelley.) 

P.  E.  196.  Quantitative  Methods.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  12:30;  GG-205.  A  course  covering  the  statistical  tech- 
niques most  frequently  used  in  research  pertaining  to  Physical  Education,  Rec- 
reation, and  Health  Education.  An  effort  will  be  made  to  provide  the  student 
with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him  with  the  interpretations  and  prac- 
tical applications  of  these  techniques.  (StuU.) 

P.  E.  200.  Seminar  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health. 
(1) 

Arranged.  GG-205.  (Fraley.) 

P.  E.  201.  Foundations  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health.  (3) 

June  28-August  4.  Daily,  9:30;  GG-205.  History,  philosophy,  and  principles 
of  physical  education,  recreation,  and  health  as  applied  to  current  problems  in 
each  area  and  as  related  to  general  education.  (Eyler.) 

73 


Physical  Education 

P.  E.  205.  Analysis  of  Contemporary  Athletics.  (3) 

June  28-August  4.  Daily,  8:00;  GG-128.  Problems,  practices,  and  national 
issues  of  permanent  importance  to  the  conduct  of  competitive  athletics. 

(Husman.) 

P.  E.  210.  Methods  and  Techniques  of  Research.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily,  11:00;  GG-128.  Study  of  methods  and  techniques  of 
research  as  applied  to  the  special  areas  of  physical  education,  recreation  and 
health.  (Stull.) 

P.  E.  280.  Scientific  Bases  of  Exercise.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily,  9:30;  GG-205.  A  critical  analysis  of  the  role  of  physical 
exesrcise  in  modern  society  with  attention  given  to  such  topics  as:  the  need 
of  exercise,  its  chronic  effects,  the  role  of  exercise  in  attaining  good  physical 
fitness  and  condition.  (D.  Clarke.) 

P.  E.  288.  Special  Problems  in  Physical  Education, 

Recreation  and  Health.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

P.  E.  290.  Administrative  Direction  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation,  and  Health.  (3) 

June  28-August  4.  Daily,  9:30;  GG-202.  Analysis  of  administrative  problems 
in  the  light  of  sound  educational  practice.  (Husman.) 

P.  E.  399.  Research — Thesis.  (1-5) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Hea.  5.  Science  and  Theory  of  Health.  (2) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  A  study  of  the  science  and  theory  of  health  and  its  impor- 
tance to  the  health  status  of  the  individual. 

Section  1— M.T.Th.F.,  8:00;  GG-37.  (Miller.) 

Section  2— M.T.Th.F.,  9:30;  GG-37.  (Kahnert.) 

Hea.  40.  Personal  and  Community  Health.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily;  8:00;  W-131.  Meaning  and  significance  of  physical, 
mental,  and  social  health  as  related  to  the  ind'ividual  and  to  society. 

(Kahnert.) 

Hea.  150.  Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily;  9:30;  W-131.  This  course  involves  a  study  of  the  health 
needs  and  problems  of  pupils  from  the  elementary  grades  through  high  school. 
Physical,  mental,  and  psychosomatic  aspects  are  considered  in  relationship  to 
the  developmental  and  school  levels.  (Miller.) 

Hea.  165.  Organization,  Administration  and  Supervision  of  School 
Safety  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily,  8:00-9:20;  GG201.  Prerequisite,  Hea.  70.  Designed 
for  teachers,  school  administrators,  college  instructors,  and  others  responsible 

74 


Physical  Education 

for  directing  or  supervising  safety  programs  in  the  schools.  Deals  with  the 
problems,  policies,  practices,  and  procedures  involved  in  the  organization,  ad- 
ministration, and  the  supervision  of  a  comprehensive  accident  prevention  and 
safety  education  program  for  the  schools.  Considers  integration  factors  of 
the  school  safety  programs  with  the  special  emphasis  oi  traffic  problems. 

(Tompkins.) 

Hea.  175.  Problems  in  Driver  and  Traffic  Safety  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4;  Daily,  9:30-10:50;  GG201.  Prerequisite,  Hea.  145.  An  ad- 
vanced course  which  gives  consideration  to  the  individual  problems  encoun- 
tered in  teaching  driver  and  safety  education.  The  psychology  of  teaching  and 
learning  are  emphasized;  and  consideration  is  given  to  the  implication  of 
emotion  and  attitude  factors  in  driver  and  traffic  education.  The  course  in- 
cludes an  examination  of  existing  courses  of  study,  research,  and  supervisory 
and  evaluated  practices.  (Tompkins.) 

Hea.  189.  Workshop — Advancements  in  Health  Science  and  Edu- 
cation. (3-6) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily,  8:00-11:00;  C-130.  Lectures  by  health  scientists,  health 
education  experts,  and  discussions  by  participants  on  subjects  presented  by 
specialists.  (Johnson.) 

Hea.  200.  Seminar  in  P.  E.,  Rec,  and  Hea.  (1) 

Arranged.  GG-205.  (Fraley.) 

Hea.  220.  Scientific  Foundations  of  Health  Education.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily,  9:30;  W-112.  A  course  dealing  with  an  analysis  of 
heredity,  physical,  mental,  and  social  factors  which  influence  the  total  health 
status  during  the  developmental  process.  (Jones.) 

Hea.  288.  Special  Problems  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation 
AND  Health.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

Hea.  399.  Research — Thesis.  (1-5) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

RECREATION 

Rec.  200.  Seminar  in  P.  E.,  Rec,  and  Hea.  (1) 

Arranged.   GG-205  (Fraley.) 

Rec.  204.  Modern  Trends  in  Recreation.  (3) 

June  28-Aug.  4.  Daily,  9:30;  GG-128.  A  study  of  emphasis  and  recent  develop- 
ments in  the  recreational  field  as  a  whole  and  within  the  various  specialized 
areas,  making  particular  reference  to  the  current  and  new  literature.     (Harvey.) 

Rec.  288.  Special  Problems  in  P.  E.,  Rec,  and  Hea.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

Rec  399.  Research  Thesis.  (1-5) 

Arranged.  (Staff.) 

75 


The  Faculty 


Summer  School,  1967 

Administrative  Officers 

CLODUS  R.  SMITH,  Director  of  the  Summer  School  and  Associate  Professor 
of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,   1950;  M.S.,   1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell  University, 

1960. 

SHEROD  M.  ccx)PER,  JR.,  Assistant  Director  of  the  Summer  School  and 
Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Temple  University,   1951;  M.A.,   1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 

1963. 

JOHN  w.  CHURCHILL,  Director  of  the  Summer  School  Recreation  Program 
and  Assistant  Professor  of  Recreation 

B.S.,  State  University  of  Nevi'  York,  Cortland,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 

1958. 

Faculty 

ABRAMS,  MARSHALL  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  Technology,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  1966. 

ADKINS,  ARTHUR,  Associate  Professor  in  Education 
A.B.,  St.  Cloud  Teachers  College,   1942;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1947; 
Ph.D.,  1953. 

ACRE,  GENE  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Macalester  College,  1951;  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1953;  M.A.,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1964. 

AHRENS,  RICHARD  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Nutrition 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  Pn.D.,  University  of  California,  1963. 

AMERSHEK,  KATHLEEN  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department 

of  Early  Childhood — Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa.,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity, 1937;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1966. 

ANDERSON,  CHARLES  R.,  Instructor  in  Office  Management  and  Techniques 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  M.Ed.,  1959. 

ANDERSON,  EVELYN  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Science  Education 
B.A.,  Bethany  College,  Lindsborg,  Kansas,  1935;  M.  A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1957. 

ANDERSON,  FRANK  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1951. 

76 


Faculty 

ANDERSON,  HENRY,  Associate  Professor  of  Statistics 

B.A.,  University  of  London,  1939;  M.B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  Ph.D,  1959. 

ANDERSON,  J.  PAUL,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1942;  M.A.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1960 

ANDERSON,  THORNTON  H.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

A.B.,   University   of   Kentucky,    1937;    M.A.,    1938;   Ph.D.,   University   of   Wis- 
consin,   1948. 

ANDERSON,  VERNON  E.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Dean  of  the  College  of 
Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado, 

1942. 

ARAKi,  HUZIHIRO,  Visiting  Professor  in  Physics 

B.S.,  Kyoto  University,   1955;  M.S.,   1957;  D.Sc.,   1961;  Ph.D.,  Princeton,  Uni- 
versity, 1960. 

ASHLOCK,  ROBERT  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Butler  University,   1957;  M.S.,   1959;  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University,   1965. 

AVIS,  VIRGINIA,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropology 

B.A.,  University  of  Mexico,   1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,   1957;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

AYLWARD,  THOMAS  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,   University   of  Wisconsin,    1947;   M.S.,    1949;  Ph.D.,    1960. 

BAKER,  DONALD  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,   Ohio   State   University,    1954;   M.A.,    1956;   Ph.D.,    1962, 

BARATZ,  JOAN  c,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  Queens  College,   1961;  M.S.,   1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kansas,   1964. 

BARBER,  WILLARD  F.,  Lecturer  in  International  Affairs 

A.B.,  Stanford  University,  1928;  M.A.,  1929;  Certificate,  National  War  College, 
1948. 

BASHAM,  RAY  SCOTT,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  U.  S.  Military  Academy,   1945;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,   1952;  Ph.D,, 
1962. 

BEAL,  GEORGE  M.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,   Utah  State   College,    1934;   M.S.,   University   of  Wisconsin,    1938;   Ph.D.. 
1942. 

BEATTY,  CHARLES  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Industrial  Education 

A.A.,  St.   Lawrence   College,    1955;  B.S.,  Northern   Michigan  University,    1959; 

M.A.,   Michigan   State   University,    1963. 

77 


Faculty 

BECKMANN,  ROBERT  B.,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineering  and  Professor 
of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1944. 

BECKWITH,  CORNELIA  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Applied  Design 
Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1929;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1937. 

BERNHARDT,  MIRIAM  E.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,    University    of    Maryland,    1953. 

BEUSCH,  ANN  A.,  Instructor  in  Education  and  Foreign  Languages, 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.A.,    McGill    University,    Montreal,     1948;    M.A.,    University    Laval,    Quebec, 

1949;  M.Ed.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1960. 

BICKLEY,  WILLIAM  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1934;  M.S.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1940. 

BIRDSALL,  ESTHER  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Central  Michigan  College,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Arizona,  1950; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,    1958. 

BLOUGH,  GLENN  o.,  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1929;  M.A.,  1932;  LL.D.,  Central  Michigan  College 
of  Education,  1950. 

BODE,  CARL,  Professor  of  English 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1933;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1938; 
Ph.D.,  1941;  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature  of  the  United  King- 
dom. 

BOLEA,  ANGELO  s..  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.A.,    Central   Bible    Institute,    1959;    B.A.,    Evangelical    College,    1961;    Ed.M., 

Wayne   State   University,    1963. 

BOUGAS,  STANLEY  J.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Library  Science 

A.B.,  New  York  University,  1950;  M.S.L.S.,  Columbia  University,  1952;  LL.B„ 
Emory   University,  1962. 

BOWIE,  B.  LUCILE,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1946;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

BOYD,  URSEL  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

LL.B.,  Washington  University,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960; 
Ph.D.,  1963. 

BRABHAM,  BILL  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Texas  A.  &  M.  1951;  M.A.,  North  Texas  State  University,  1963;  LL.B., 
University  of  Texas,    1960. 

78 


Faculty 

BROOME,  ELEANOR  A.,  Instructor  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.Ed.,  1957 

BROWN,  DALE  w.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A,,    David    Liscomb    College,    1953;    M.A.,    George    Peabody    College    for 
Teachers,  1955. 

BROWN,  JOSHUA  R.  c,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
A.B.,  Duke  University,  1948;  M.A.,  7949;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

BRYER,  JACKSON  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Amherst   College,    1959;   M.A.,   Columbia   University,    1960;   Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,   1965. 

BUNDY,  MARY  LEE,  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science 

B.E.,  State  University  of  New  York  in  Potsdam,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Den- 
ver, 1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1960. 

BURDETTE,  FRANKLIN  L.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics,  and 

Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 

A.B.,  Mashall  College,  1934;  M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1935;  M.A.,  Prince- 
ton University,  1937;  Ph.D.,   1938;  LL.D.,  Marshall  College,  1959. 

BYRD,  ELBERT  M.,  JR.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.S.,  American  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

CAIRNS,  GORDON  M.,  Dean  of  Agriculture  and  Professor  of  Dairy  Husbandry 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

CAMPBELL,  CLIFTON  P.,  Instructor  of  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  California  State  College,  1964. 

CAMPBELL,  DOROTHY  D.,  Lecturer  in  Education,  Special  Education 
B.A.,  College  of  Idaho,  1961;  M.A.,  Peabody  College,  1962. 

CARDOZIER,  viRGUS  R.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  and  Extension 
Education 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1947;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 

1952. 

CARROLL,  STEPHEN  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1959;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

CARRUTHERS,  JOHN  T,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

CELARIER,  J.  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1960. 

CHAMBLiss,  KiNNETH  M.,  Associate  Professor  in  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  Montana  State  College,  1952;  M.Ed.,  Colorado  State  University,  1962 

79 


Faculty 

CHAPIN,  JOHN  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

A.B.,  Denison  University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1950. 

CHAPMAN,  ERNA,  Acting  Dean  of  the  College  of  Home  Economics  and 
Professor  of  Home  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934;  M.S.,  1939. 

CHOU,  KYONG  CHOL,  Lecturer  in  Astronomy 

B.S.,  Chosun  Christian  University,   1953;  B.A.,  Tusculum  College,   1955;   M.S., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

CLARKE,  DAVID  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1952;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.  University  of  Oregon,  1959, 

CLAUDE,  RICHARD  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  College  of  St.  Thomas,  1956;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University,   1960;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Virginia,  1963. 

COATES,  CHARLES  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  United  States  Military  Academy,   1924;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

COLE,  MILDRED  B.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1951. 

COLSON,  JOHN  c.  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Science 

B.A.,  Ohio  University,  1950;  M.S.L.S.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1951. 

CONNELL,  TERRENCE,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Colorado  State  University,  1961;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Conway,  mary  margaret.  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  1960;  Ph.D., 
Indiana  University,  1965. 

cook,  CLARENCE  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,   State   University   of   Iowa,    1948;   M.S.,   State   University   of   Iowa,    1950; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1962. 

COOK,  THOMAS  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1948;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado, 
1962. 

CORREL,  ELLEN,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Douglass  College,  Rutgers  University,  1951;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1953; 
Ph.D.,  1957. 

COX,  JAMES  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1962;  M.P.A.,   1965;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

CREARY,  LEWIS  G.,  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.M.E.,  General  Motors  Institute,  1960;  M.A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1963. 

80 


Faculty 

CROSBY,  EDMUND  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education, 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1934;  M.A.,  Colorado  State  University,  1940. 

CROSS,  BARBARA,  Assistant  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutrition 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1946;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1955. 

CROWELL,  ALFRED  A.,  Professor  of  Journalism 

A.B.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1929;  M.A.,  1934;  M.S.J,,  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity, 1940. 

CURRIER,  ALBERT  w..  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1954;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959. 

CUSSLER,  MARGARET  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  New  York  State  Teachers  College  (Albany),  1933;  M.A.,  Radcliflfe  College, 
1941;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

DAvrosoN,  JOHN  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.A.,    Columbia    Union   College,    1955;    M.S.,    University    of    Maryland,    1957; 
Ph.D.,  1960. 

DAVIS,  RICHARD  F.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1950;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1952;  Ph.D., 
1953. 

DAWSON,  TOWNES  L.,  Professor  of  Business  Law 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1943;  B.A.,  U.S.  Merchant  Marine  Academy,  1946; 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1950;  LL.B.,  1954. 

DAYTON,  CHAUNCEY  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

DE  BERUFF,  ELLEN,  Instructor  in  Education  (part  time) 

A.A.,  Armstrong  Junior  College,  1949;  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

DEMAITRE,  ANN,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1951; 
M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

DENNY,  DON,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1959;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

DE  VERMOND,  MARY  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,   Howard    University,    1942;   M.A.,   Columbia    University,    1948;    Ed.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

oiLAVORE,  PHILIP  III,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Physics, 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.A.,  Dakota  Wesleyan  University,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1961. 

DILLON,  CONLEY  H.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Marshall  College,  1928;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1936. 

&1 


Faculty 

DOERR,  PAUL  L.,  Instructor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1928;  M.A.,  1963. 

DOUDNA,  MARK  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1948,  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

DRINKWATER,  DAVID  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.,   Boston  College,   1957;   M.B.A.,  Babson  Institute,    1961;   Ph.D.,  Michigan 
State,  1966. 

DUDLEY,  JAMES,  Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary  School  Administration 
and  Supervision 

B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1957;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois, 

1964. 

DUFFY,  JOHN  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Vermont,  1958;  Ph.D., 
Syracuse  University,  1964. 

DUFFEY,  ROBERT  V.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Head,  Department  of 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  1938;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,   1948;  Ed.D., 

1954. 

DUNHAM,  RICHARD  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1947;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  1961. 

EDELSON,  CHARLES  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.B.A.,   University   of   New   Mexico,    1949;    M.B.A.,   Indiana   University,    1950; 
C.P.A.,  Maryland,  1951. 

EGAN,  HOWARD  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Washington  University,  1960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

EHRLE,  RAYMOND  A.,  Rehabilitation  Counselor  Training  Coordinator  and 
Lecturer  in  Education 

A.B.,  Syracuse  University,    1951;   M.A.,   George  Washington   University,    1956; 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1961. 

EHRLICH,  GERTRUDE,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Georgia  State  College  of  Women,  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1945;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1953. 

ELKINS,  RICHARD  LONSDALE,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1958. 

EYLER,  ADDISON  BERNARD,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1947;  M.S.,  1950. 

EYLER,  MARVIN  H.,  Professor  Physical  Education 

B.A.,    Houghton    College,     1942;    M.S.,    University    of    Illinois,     1948;    Ph.D., 
1956. 

82 


Faculty 

FABER,  JOHN  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Microbiology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

FALTHZIK,  ALFRED  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.B.A.,   1957;  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University,    1959;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State, 
1966. 

FELKER,  DONALD  wiLLL\M,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for 
Child  Study 

B.A.,  Geneva  College,  1954;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

FEOLA,  JUDITH  F.,  Lecturer  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education  and  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts,   1961;  M.S.,  Pratt  Institute,   1962. 

FONT,  MARIE  T.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Universidad  de  Oriente  (Cuba),  1960. 

FORBES,  JAMES,  Instructor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.A.,  1966. 

FORBES,  LETiciA  T.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.A.,  1966. 

FORD,  RONALD  w..  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Kent  State  University,  1961;  M.S.,  1964. 

FOSTER,  JOHN  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Animal  Science 

B.S.,  North   Carolina  State  College,    1926;   M.S.,  Kansas  State  College,    1927; 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1937. 

FRALEY,  LESTER  M.,  Dean  of  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation 
and  Health 

A.B.,   Randolph-Macon   College,    1928;   M.A.,   Peabody   College,    1937;    Ph.D., 

1939. 

FRANK,  ALLEN  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  M.S.,  1954. 

FRANZ,  JACOB  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,   Southwestern  Oklahoma  State  Teachers  College,    1935;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1960. 

FREENY,  RALPH  D.,  Instructor  of  Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  I960. 

FUNARO,  GEORGE  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 

Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  American  International  College,    1956;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Con- 
necticut,  1965. 

GARBER,  DANIEL  LEEDY,  JR.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1959. 

83 


Faculty 

GARDNER,  ALBERT  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

G.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1958;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1952. 

GARRETT,  MARIE  K.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1928. 

GARSTENS,  HELEN  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1932. 

GENTRY,  DWIGHT  L.,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 

Administration  and  Professor  of  Marketing 

A.B.,  Elon  College,  1941;  M.B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois,  1952. 

GERACI,  PfflLiP  c..  Lecturer  in  Journalism 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1961. 

GERB ERICH,  J.  RAYMOND,  Visiting  Professor  of  Education  {part  time) 
B.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1922;  M.A.,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1929. 

GETTLE,  KARL  E.,  Instructor  in  Irulustrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.A.,  Millerville  State  Teachers  College,   1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1964. 

GLOCK,  RUSSELL,  JR.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

GOBBETT,  PATRICIA  ANN,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

GOERING,  JACOB  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.A.,  Bethel  College,  1941;  B.D.,  Bethany  Seminary,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1959. 

GOLDHABER,  JACOB  K.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1944;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1945;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1950. 

GOLDSTEIN,  IRWIN,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1962; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

GOMEZPLATA,  ALBERT,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.Ch.E.,   Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute,    1952;  M.Ch.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

GOOD,  EUGENE  ERNEST,  Lecturer  in  Agricultural  Education 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1940;  M.S.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 


84 


Faculty 

GOOD,  RICHARD  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Ashland  College,  1939;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1940;  Ph.D.,  1945. 

GOODWIN,  RALPH  A.,  Visiting  Professor  in  Physics  and  Astronomy 
A.B.,  Simpson  College,  1935;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1939. 

GORDON,  EVELYN  w..  Instructor  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  1963. 

GRAHAM,  MAE,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Library  Science 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1925;  B.L.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1934. 

GRAMBS,  JEAN  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

A.B.,  Reed  College,  1940;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1941;  Ed.D.,  1948. 

GRAVELY,  WILLIAM  H.,  JR.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1925;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1934; 
Ph.D.,  1953. 

GREEN,  ROBERT  L.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  Engineering 

B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Georgia,  1934;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1939;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

GREENBERG,  KENNETH  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  M.A.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Western  Reserve  Uni- 
versity,   1960. 

GRUNDiG,  MARILYN  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  in  Institute  for 
Child  Study 

B.S.,   Richmond  Professional  Institute,   1961;  M.S.,   1963;  Ed.D.,  University  of 

Virginia,  1966. 

GUHA,  ARUN  KANTI,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Presidency  College,  Calcutta,  India,  1953;  M.S.,  University  College  of  Tech- 
nology, Calcutta,  India,  1956;  M.S.,  in  Electrical  Engineering,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1959. 

GUY,  KENNETH,  H.,  JR.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1959;  M.S.,  1962. 

HAHN,  MARIE  V.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Hood  College,  1944. 

HALL,  CAROL  LEE,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  1965. 

HAMBURG,  IRA  J.,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University,  1965;  M.A.,  1966. 

HARPER,  GLEN  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1958;  M.S.,  1961. 

85 


Faculty 

HARRISON,  GEORGE  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

B.A.,  Western  Maryland   College,    1935;   M.S.,   University   of  Maryland,    1956; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

HARRISON,  HORACE  V.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,    Trinity    University    (Texas),    1932;    M.A.,    University    of    Texas,    1941; 
Ph.D.,  1951. 

HARRISON,  PAUL  E.,  JR.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.Ed.,  Northern  Illinois  State  College,  1942;  M.A.,  Colorado  State  College,  1947; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

HARVEY,  ELLEN  E.,  Professor  of  Recreation 

B.S.,  New  College,  Columbia  University,  1935;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  1941;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Oregon,  1951. 

HATFIELD,  AGNES  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1954;  Ph.D., 

1959. 

HATHORN,  GUY  B.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi,  1940;  M.A.,  1942;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1950. 

HAYLECK,   CHARLES  RAYMOND,   JR.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949. 

HEBELER,  JEAN  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Coordinator  of 
Special  Education  Programs 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  College  for  Teachers,  1953;  M.S.,  University 

of  Illinois,  1956;  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1960. 

HEISLER,  MARTIN  o..  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1960;  M.A.,  1962. 

HELZER,  GARRY  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Portland  State  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

HENDRICKS,  RICHARD,  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  Franklin  College,  1937;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

HENERY-LOGAN,  KENNETH  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  McGill  University,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

HENKEL,  RAMON  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

Ph.B.,  University  of  North  Dakota,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1961. 

HENKELMAN,  JAMES  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Miami  University,  1954;  Md.Ed.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University,  1965. 

86 


Faculty 

BERING,  CHRISTOPH  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Bonn,  1950. 

HERMAN,  sroNEY,  Visiting  Associate  Professor,  Natural  Resources  Institute 
B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1958; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

HERMAN,  WAYNE  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.A.,  Ursinus  College,  1955;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1965. 

HIGGS,  WILLUM  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1964;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

HILLE,  STANLEY  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  M.B.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

HIRZEL,  ROBERT  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1946;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

HOFFMAN,  BERNARD,  Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology 

B.S.,  Montana  State  University,  1946;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkely), 
1955. 

HOFFSOMMER,  HAROLD  c,  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1929. 

HOVET,  KENNETH  O.,  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1926;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1950. 

HOVEY,  RICHARD  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1942;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

HSUEH,  CHUN-TU,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
L.L.B.,  Chaoyang  College,  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

HUBER,  FRANZ  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Special  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1951;  M.A.,   1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1964. 

HUMMEL,  JAMES  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1949;  M.A.,  Rice  Institute,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1955. 

HUSMAN,  BURRTS  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1941;  M.S.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

HYMES,  JAMES  L.,  JR.,  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Harvard  College,  1934;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1936; 

Ed.D.,  1947. 
JACKSON,  STANLEY  B.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Bates  College,  1933;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

87 


Faculty 

JACOBS,  WALTER  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1955;  M.A.,  and  Certificate  of  Russian  Institute,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  1961. 

JAMES,  EDWARD  P.,  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1955. 

JAMES,  M.  LUCIA,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  College,    1945;   M.S.,    1949;  University  of  Illinois,  Ph.D., 
Ph.D.,  1963;  University  of  Connecticut. 

JAMIESON,  MITCHELL,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
Corcoran  School  of  Art,  1940. 

JANES,  ROBERT  w.,  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.A.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1942. 

JOHNSON,  CHARLES  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

JOHNSON,  RONALD  c.  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Baylor  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1958. 

JOHNSON,  WARREN  R.,  Professor  of  Health  Education 

A.B.,  University  of  Denver,  1942;  M.A.,  1947;  Ed.D.,  Boston  University,  1950. 

JOHNSON,  WILLIAM  H.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Princeton  University,  1956;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1962. 

JONES,  HERBERT  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  College,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1957;  H.S.D., 
Indiana  University,  1964. 

JURAN,  SYLVIA  L.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1961. 

KAHNERT,  JOHN  H.,  Instructor  of  Health  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  California,   1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

KAUFMAN,  THOMAS  s..  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Akron,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

KELLEY,  DAVID  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  San   Diego  State  College,    1957;  M.S.,   University  of  Southern   California, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

KELSEY,  ROGER  R.,  Associate  Professor  in  Education 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1934;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1940;  Ed.D.,  George 
Peabody  College  for  Teachers,  1954. 

KIRKLEY,  DONALD  H.,  JR.,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.A.,   1962;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University,  1966. 

KISTLER,  ROBERT  c.  Instructor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,    Southern    Missionary    College,    1948;    M.A.,    Andrews    University,    1960; 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

88 


Faculty 

KOBRE,  sroNEY,  Visiting  Professor  in  Journalism 
A.B.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1932;  Ph.D., 
1944. 

KOURY,  ENVER  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University,   1953;  Ph.D.,  American  University,   1958. 

KRAMER,  GEORGE  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1956. 

KRAUSS,  ROBERT  w.,  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology  and  Head,  Department 
of  Botany 

A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1947;  M.S.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1951, 

KREBS,  ALFRED  H.,  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1941;  M.S.,  1943;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

KRESS,  JERRY  R.,  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 
B.A.,  Pacific  Lutheran  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1962. 

KYLE,  DAVID  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1952;  M.A.,  1953;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1961. 

LADSON,  THOMAS  A.,  Head  of  Veterinary  Science  and  Director  of  the  Live 
Stock  Sanitation  Service 

D.V.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1939. 

LAFFER,  NORMAN  c,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  Allegheny  College,  1929;  M.S.,  University  of  Maine,  1932;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Illinois,  1937. 

LAMONE,  RUDOLPH  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  North  Carolina  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

LAND,  ROBERT  H.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Library  Science 

A.B.,  William  and  Mary  College,  1934;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1936;  B.S., 
Columbia  University,  1940. 

LANGFELDT,  GLADYS,  Instructor  in  Home  Management 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1933;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

LARSON,  GERALD  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.S.,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Indiana  University;  Ph.D.,  1963;  University  of  Illinois. 

LARSON,  HAROLD,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Morningside  College,  1927;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

LAWRENCE,  RICHARD,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Vocational  Re- 
habilitation Counselor  Education. 

B.S.,  1955,  M.A.,  1957  and  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University. 

89 


Faculty 

LEA,  JOHN  K.,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Miami  University,    1957;  M.A.,   1964. 

LEHNER,  GUYDO  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Loyola  University,   1951;  University  of  Wisconsin,   1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

LEJINS,  PETER  P.,  Professor  of  Sociology 

Magister  Philosophiae,  University  of  Latvia,   1930;  Magister  luris,   1933;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago,  1938. 

LEMBACH,  JOHN,  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1934;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1937;  Ed.D., 
Columbia  University,  1946. 

LEPSON,  INDA,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  New  York  University,  1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1945. 

LINDSAY,  RAO  HUMPHREYS,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

LINKOW,  IRVING,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1937;  M.A.,  1938. 

LOCKARD,  J.  DAVID,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany  and  Education 
B.S.,   Pennsylvania   State  College,    1951;  M.Ed.,   Pennsylvania   State   University, 
1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

LOGAN,  TERENCE  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Boston  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University,  1965. 

LOUNSBURY,  MYRON  o..  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Duke  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

LUETKEMEYER,  JOSEPH,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  Stout  State  College,  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961. 

MACLEOD,  ANNE  SCOTT,  Part-time  Instructor  in  Library  Science 
B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1948;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

MALE,  GEORGE  A.,  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1948;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

MALEY,  DONALD,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education  and  Head,  Department 
of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  State  College,  California,  Pennsylvania,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1947;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

MANNING,  CHARLES,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and 
Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Tufts    College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

North  Carolina,  1950. 

90 


Faculty 

MAR,  SHUH-YIN,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Ginling  College  (Nanking),  1928;  M.S.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1932. 

MARK,  JULIA  P.,  Research  Assistant  in  Study  for  Vocational  Rehabilitation 
B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1960. 

MARX,  GEORGE  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Yankton  College,  South  Dakota,   1953;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

MATEER,  WILLIAM  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Antioch  College,  1962;  M.B.A.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966,  Michigan  State  University. 

MCCAIN,  RAYMOND  R.,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1961;  M.A.,  1962. 

MC  CARRICK,  EARLEAN  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University, 
1964. 

MC  CLAY,  MARY  B.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.Ed.,  Eastern  Illinois  State  Teachers  College,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1941. 

MC  CLURE,  L.  MORRIS,  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  Dean  of  the 
College  of  Education 

B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,   1946; 

Ed.,  Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

MC  DONOUGH,  GEORGE  EDWARD,  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Science 
A.B.,   University   of   California,    1949;    A.M.,   John   Hopkins    University,    1950; 
M.Libr.,  University  of  Washington,  1963. 

MC  GRATH,  DANIEL  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Library  Science 

B.A.,    University    of    Virginia,     1959;    M.A.,    University    of    Michigan,     1960; 
M.A.(L.S.),  1961;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

MC  INTYRE,  JENNIE,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Howard  College  (Birmingham,  Alabama),  1960;  M.S.,  Florida  State  Uni- 
versity, 1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

MC  MiLLAN,  DOUGLAS  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  DePaul  University,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

MC  NELLY,  THEODORE  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1941;  M.A.,  1942;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University, 
1952. 

MEERSMAN,  ROGER  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  St.  Ambrose  College,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

MERRILL,  GEORGE  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.E.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  1964. 

91 


Faculty 

MERTENS,  ROBERT  P.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  State  University  Buffalo,  New  York,  1958;  M.S.,  1963. 

MIKULSKI,  PiOTR  w.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

M.S.,  Main  School  of  Planning  and  Statistics  (Warsaw),  1952;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

MILLER,  CATHERINE,  M.,  Lecturer  in  Health  Education 

B.S.,  State  University  Northern  Illinois,  1956;  M.A.,  Colorado  State  College,  1959. 

MILLER,  EDWARD  F.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  in  Electrical  Engineering,  Iowa  State  University,  1962;  M.S.,  in  Applied  Math- 
ematics, University  of  Colorado,  1964. 

MILLER,  JAMES  R.;  Professor  and  Head  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

MILLHOLLAN,  FRANK  £.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for 
Child  Study 

B.A.,  1949;  Colorado  College;  M.P.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Nebraska,  1965. 

MISH,  CHARLES  c,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1936;  M.A.,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

MITCHELL,  T.  FAYE,  Professor  and  Head,  Department  of  Textiles  and 

Clothing 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Springfield,  Missouri,   1930;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1939. 

MUR,  ADELE,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1953;  M.A.,  1956. 

MURPHY,  CHARLES  D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1930;  Ph.D.,  Cor- 
nell University,  1940. 

MYERS,  ROBERT  MANSON,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1942;  M.A.,  Har- 
vard University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1948. 

NARDELL,  BiRGiT,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

NEVILLE,  RICHARD  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  to 
the  Dean 

B.S.,  Central  Connecticut  State  College,  1953;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 

University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1963. 

NEWELL,  CLARENCE  A.,  Professor  of  Educational  Administration 

B.A.,  Hastings  College,  Nebraska,  1935;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1939;  Ph.D., 
1943. 

92 


Faculty 

NEWSON,  D.  EARL,  Professor  of  Journalism  and  Sequence  Director 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,    1948;  M.S.J.,   Northwestern  University,    1940; 
Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University,   1957. 

NIETO,  JOSE  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

M.S.,  National  University  of  Colombia,   1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Heidelberg, 
1959. 

NOALL,  WILLIAM  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 
B.S.,  Kent  State  University,  1957;  M.S.,  Ohio  University,  1960. 

NOLL,  JAMES  w.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,   1964;  M.S.,    1961;  B.A.,    1954. 

o'coNNELL,  DONALD  w.,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration  and  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

o'coNNELL,  GEORGE,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  M.S.,  1951. 

ODELL,  STANLEY  JACK,  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Kansas  City,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1962. 

o'donnell,  RICHARD  w..  Instructor  of  Education  in  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.Ed.,  1962. 

o'LEARY,  RONALD  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,   1960;  M.A.,  1961;  M.F.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

OLIVE,  BETSY  ANN,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Library  Science 
A.B.,  Duke  University;  B.S.L.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina. 

O'NEILL,  JANE  H.,  Instructor  in  Office  Techniques 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 

O'NEILL,  LEO  w,,  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938,  M.A.,  University  of  Kansas  City,  1953;  Ed.D., 
University  of  Colorado,  1955. 

ONYEWU,  NICHOLAS  D.  u..  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  Howard  University,  1958;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1966. 

OSBORN,  JOHN  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1958;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

OWENS,  WILLIAM  R.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology, 
1964. 

PANico,  MARIE  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

93 


Faculty 

PATRICK,  ARTHUR  s.,  Professor  of  Office  Management  and  Business  Edu- 
cation 

B.E.,  Wisconsin  State  University,  Whitewater,  1931;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa, 

1950;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1956. 

PAYERLE,  LASZLO,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Texas,  1962. 

PEER,  LARRY,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1963;  M.A.,  1965. 

PEREZ-ciSNEROS,  Caridad  de  los  Angeles,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Santiago  de  Cuba,  1942;  D.Ed.,  Universidad  de  la  Habana,  Cuba,  1951. 

PERKINS,  HUGH  V.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Deputy  Director,  Institute 
for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,    1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,    1946;  Ph.D.,    1949; 
Ed.D.,  New  York  University,  1956. 

PERREAULT,  JEAN  M.,  Lecturer  in  Library  Science 

B.S.,  Rockhurst  College,  1952;  M.A.,  Marquette  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1959. 

PETERS,  ROBERT  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Mankato  State  College,  1955;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota, 

1956. 

PETERSON,  MARK  B.,  Lecturer  in  Education 

A.B.,  Bucknell  University,  1960;  Ed.M.,  Boston  University,  1961;  Ph.D. 

PFAU,  DONALD  w..  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.A.,  Grove   City  College,    1958;   M.S.,   Buflfalo  State   Teachers   College,    1961; 

Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1965. 

PIPER,  DON.  c.  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1961. 

PLISCHKE,  ELMER,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Government 
and  Politics 

Ph.B.,   Marquette    University,    1937;   M.A.,   American   University,    1938;    Ph.D., 

Clark  University,   1943. 

POFFENBERGER,  PAUL  R.,  Assistant  Dean-Instruction,  and  Professor  of 
Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1935;  M.S.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1953. 

POTTERFIELD,  JAMES  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  West  Georgia  College,  1959;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Georgia,  1962;  D.Ed., 
1966. 

94 


Faculty 

POWELL,  DAVID  E.,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1962. 

POWELL,  JUDITH  J.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr,  1962. 

POWNALL,  GEORGE  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Illinois  State   Normal  University,   1952;  M.S.,    1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1963, 

RAPPLEYE,  ROBERT  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.S.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

RATHS,  JAMES  D.,  Associate  Professor  and  Director,  Bureau  of  Educational 
Research  and  Field  Services 

RAY,  PHILLIP  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Counselor 

B.A..  Anlioch  College,    1950;   M.S.,   University  of   Pennsylvania,    1955;   Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1962. 

REISER,  STANLEY  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Family  Life  and  Management 
A.B.,  Grove  City  College,  1942;  B.D.,  Yale  University  Divinity  School,  1945; 
M.Sc,  Florida  State  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965, 

RENZ,  PAUL,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  in  Special  Education 
B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1962. 

RILEY,  JAMES,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Library  Science 

B.S.,  Marquette  University,  1952;  M.S.L.S.,  Catholic  University,  1956. 

RisiNGER,  ROBERT  G.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Head,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Ball  State  Teachers  College,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1947;  Ed.D., 

University  of  Colorado,  1955. 

ROBB,  KENNETH  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Colgate  University,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  1966. 

ROBERSON,  BOB  s..  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 
B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

ROELOFS,  CHARLES  R.,  JR.,  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan   University,   1953;   B.D.,  Yale  University  Divinity  School, 
1956;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1965. 

ROGOLSKY,  SAUL,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.A.,  Harvard  College,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1953;  Ed.D,,  Harvard 
University,  1963, 

ROSELLE,  DAVID  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1965. 

95 


Faculty 

RUMBAUGH,  JEFFREY  HAMILTON,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

RUSSELL,  ANNE  A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A..  Oberlin  College,  1962;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1964. 

RYANS,  JOHN  K.,  JR.,  Assistant  Professor 

A.B.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1958;  D.B.A., 
Indiana  University,  1965. 

SCHAUMANN,  HERBERT,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Westminster  College,  1931;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1935. 

SCHELLING,  DAVID  ROBERT,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.,   Lehigh  University,    1961;  M.S.,    1964. 

SCHINDLER,  ALVIN  w.,  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College,  1927;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1929;  Ph.D., 

1934. 

SCHRAMM,  CARL  s..  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education, 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.Ed.,  1965. 

SCHUMACHER,  ELISABETH,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department 
of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  Newark  State  College,   1942;  Ed.M.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1962; 

Ed.D.,  1965. 

SCHWARTZ,  FRANK  J.,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Natural  Resources 
Institute 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1950;  M.S.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

SCHWARTZ,  HOWARD,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Emerson  College,  1960;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1965. 

SCHLARETZKI,  WALTER  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Monmouth  College,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1942;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1948. 

SEDGEWiCK,  ROSE,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Ph.B.,  Brown  University,  1925;  M.A.,  1927;  Ph.D.,   1929. 

SEIDMAN,  ERIC,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education  and  Associate  Director  and  Demonstra- 
tion Coordinator,  Interprofessional  Research  Commission  on  Pupil 
Personnell  Services  (IRCOPPS) 

B.S..  New  York  University,  1947;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut, 

1964. 

SELL,  GENEVIEVE  L.,  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1941;  M.S.,  1960. 

96 


Faculty 

SHAFFNER,  CLYNE  s.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Poultry  Science 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  College,  1938;  M.S.,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1947. 

SHELLEY,  SfflRLEY  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  and  Music  Education 
B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944;  M.Mus.,  1947. 

SHEPHERD,  JULIUS  c.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  East  Carolina  College,  1944;  M.A.,  1947. 

SIMMS,  BETTY  HOWALD,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Special 
Education 

B.A.,  Harris  Teachers  College,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1955;  Ed.D., 

University  of  Maryland,   1962. 

SMITH,  DENZELL  s..  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1950;  M.A.,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

SMITH,  WAYNE,  Records  Evaluator 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

SOERGEL,  KENNETH  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Landscape  Gardening 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1961;  M.L.A.,  Harvard  University,  1963. 

SOLES,  JAMES  R.,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 
B.S.,  Flor  da  State  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1961. 

SORENSEN,  SHIRLEY  c,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1945;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

SPENCER,  MABEL  s.,  Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics  Education, 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,    1925;  M.S..    1946;  Ed.D.,  American  University, 

1959. 

SPYCHALSKi,  JOHN  c,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College,  1961;  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University,  1962;  D.B.A.,  1965, 

STANT,  MARGARET  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1952;   M.Ed.,    1955;  A.P.C.,  George  Washington 

University,  1959. 

STARK,  FRANCIS  c,  Professor  and  Head  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  and  M.  College,  1940;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1941; 
Ph.D.,  1948. 

STEELEY,  LEWIS  R.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1937;  M.A.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1945. 

STERN,  HELEN,  Lecturer  in  Education 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946; 
Ed.D.,  Temple  University,  1954. 

97 


Faculty 

STETLER,  LANDis,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Special  Education 

B..S.,  Springfield  College,  1948;  M.S.,  1951;  E.Ed.,  Syracuse  University,  1965. 

STEVENS,  JiMMiE  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1962;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

STRAUSBAUGH,  WARREN  L.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Wooster  College,  1932;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1935. 

STULL,  G.  ALAN,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  State  Teachers  College,   1955;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1957;  D.Ed.,  1961. 

STUNKARD,  CLAYTON  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1948;  M.A.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

STUNTZ,  CALVIN  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

SUELFLOW,  JAMES  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1960;  M.B.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

SULLIVAN,  DOROTHY  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1945;  Ed.M.,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1965. 

SYSKI,  RYSZARD,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  London,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Chelsea  College,  1960. 

TAFF,  CHARLES  A.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Business 
Administration 

B.S.C.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1937;  M.A.,  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1952. 

TARWATER,  JOAN,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

TERCHEK,  RONALD  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,   1958;  M.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1965. 

TIERNEY,  WILLIAM  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Teachers  College  of  Connecticut,  1941;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1949; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952. 

TOMPKINS,  THERON  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Eastern  Michigan  College  of  Education,  1926;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1939. 

Tosi,  HENRY  L.,  JR.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.C.,  1958;  M.B.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964,  Ohio  State  University. 

TRAVER,  PAUL,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1955;  M.Mus,,  1957. 

98 


Faculty 

UPGREN,  ARTHUR  R.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1958;  Ph.D.. 
Case  Institute  of  Technology,  1961. 

VAN  ZWOLL,  JAMES  A.,  Professor  of  School  Administration 

B.A.,  Calvin  College,  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan,  1933;  M.A.,  University  of  Mich- 
igan, 1937;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

VON  EGMOND,  PETER  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Mississippi  College,    1959;   M.A.,  University   of  Mississippi,    1961;   Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1966. 

WACHHAUS,  GUSTAV,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1957;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1966. 

WAGHELSTEIN,  CAROL  s,.  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Arts 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.A.,  1964. 

WALDER,  LEOPOLD  o..  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  Boston  University,   1949;  M.A.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1951;  Ph.D.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1954;  Diploma,  American  Board  of  Examiners,  1960. 

WALSTON,  CLAUDE,  Adjunct  Lecturer  in  Library  Science 

B.S.E.E.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1944;  M.S.E.E.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1950;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1953. 

WARD,  KATHRYN  M.  PAINTER,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  The  George  Washington  University,  1935;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

WASSERMAN,  PAUL,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Library  Science  and  Professor 

of  Library  Science 

B.B.A.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1948;  M.S.   (L.S.),  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1949;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,   1960. 

WEAVER,  V.  PfflLLiPS,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  William  &  Mary,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1956;  Ed.D., 
1962. 

WEDBERG,  DESMOND  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1947;  A.M.,  1948;  Ed.D.,  1963. 

WEDDING,  PRESLEY  ALLEN,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937;  M.S.,  1952;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

WEINSTEIN,  viCKi  F.,  Visiting  Lecturer 
B.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles. 

WIGGIN,  GLADYS  A.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of  Graduate  Studies 
College  of  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1929;  M.A.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1947. 


99 


Faculty 

WILLIAMS,  AUBREY  w.,  JR.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,   University   of   North   Carolina,    1955;   M.A.,    1957;    Ph.D.,    University   of 
Arizona,  1964. 

WILLIAMS,  DAVID  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Bradley  University,  1952;  Ed.M.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1965. 

WILLIAMS,  KENNETH  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1959;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

WILSON,  GAYLE  E,,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Wayne  University,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

WILSON,  JOHN,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S..  University  of  Missouri,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

WILSON,  ROBERT  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  California  State  Teachers  College,  Pennsylvania,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1960. 

WOLFE,  G.  JOSEPH,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,   Eastern  Illinois  University,   1955;   M.A.,   State  University  of  Iowa,    1959; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

WOLFE,  JAMES  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Harvard  University,   1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,   1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,   1962. 

wooLF,  LEONARD,  Associate  Professor  of  Educatoin,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1942;  D.Ed.  &  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1959. 

ZACHARY,  LILLUN  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1943;  M.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1955; 
Ed.D.,  1960. 

ZEEVELD,  w.  GORDON,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1924;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1929; 
Ph.D.  1936. 

ZIMMERMAN,  MELVIN,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.S.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,   1950;  Master  of  Foreign  Studies,  University 
of  Maryland  (Paris),  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

ZFMRING,  BOB,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 

A.B.,  University  of  Illinois,   1960;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin,   1963. 

ZITTA,  VICTOR,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Assumption  College  of  University  of  Western  Ontario;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

100 


BUSINESS  REPLY  CARD 

First  Class  Pennit  No.  94  College  Park,  Md, 


Registrar's  Office 
University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20740 


NOTE 

Students  in  good  standing  in  either  category  listed  below  who  plan  to  attend  the 
1967  summer  session  should  complete  the  attached  form  and  mail  or  bring  it  to  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar  on  or  before  Friday,  May  19,  1967. 

1.  Enrolled  day  division  undergraduate  and/or  graduate  students  attending 
on  campus  at  College  Park  during  Spring  Semester  1966-67. 

2.  Students  who  have  attended  College  Park  day  division  on  campus  during  a 
fall  or  spring  semester  since  Fall  Semester  1959-60  who  have  been  assigned 
a  student  number. 

Students  currently  applying  for  admission  should  not  send  in  this  form. 
NOTE:  1.  For  students  in  good  academic  standing  who  are  teachers,  not  currently 
admitted  to  Graduate  School,  and  who  were  last  enrolled  in  the  College 
of  Education,  formal  readmission  is  not  needed. 
2.  Other  students  not  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  whose  continuous 
attendance  in  day  division  has  been  interrupted  for  one  semester  or 
more  must  apply  for  readmission  or  reinstatement.  Applications  for 
readmission  or  reinstatement  must  be  secured  from  the  Office  of  Admis- 
sions. The  form  below  does  not  constitute  application  for  readmission 
or  reinstatement. 


Date. 


According  to  my  present  plans,  1  expect  to  attend  the  1967  Summer  Session. 

Student  number  College 

*Name    

Last  First  Initial 

Please  print 


Address    .  .  .  . 
Date  of  Birth 


Mo.  Day  Year 

Last  date  of  attendance  in  day  division  at  College  Park  n  Current  or. 


Mo.  Yr. 

*  Use  name  under  which  you  registered  if  different  from  your  present  name. 


K  you  wish  to  apply  for  admission  to  the 
University  of  Maryland  Summer  School,  1967, 
please  complete  the  following  forms. 


Postage 
Will  be  Paid 

by 
Addressee, 


BUSINESS  REPLY  CARD 
First  Class  Permit  No.  94  College  Park,  Md. 


University  Housing 
University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20740 


BUSINESS  REPLY  CARD 
First  Class  Permit  No.  94  College  Park,  Md. 


Admissions  Office 
University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20740 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  SUMMER  SCHOOL 

RESIDENCE  HALLS  ROOM   APPLICATION 
(PLEASE  TYPE  OR  PRINT) 

Date Student  No Sex Age 

Name 

LAST  FIRST  MIDDLE 

Address 

Number  Street  Town  County  State         Zip 

Home  Phone Classifiaction 

No.  Weeks  Attending  (Circle  One)         12        3        4        5        6        7        8 

Attendance  Dates:  From to 


Type  Room:     Q  Single  (6  wks.     $78)  Q  Double  (6  wks.  $54) 

(8  wks.  $104)  (8  wks.  $72) 

Food  Plan  (if  desired):     Q  6  wks./$72  Q  8  wks./$96 

(ALL  FEES  PAID  IN  FULL  AT  REGISTRATION) 


Summer  1967 

Please  send  me  an  application  for  undergraduate  admission  to  the 
1967  Summer  School. 

Students  enrolled  on  the  College  Park  campus  during  the  Spring  Semester 
1967  need  not  apply  for  admission  to  the  Summer  School,  but  may 
register  on  assigned  registration  day. 


Name    

Please  print 


Street  Address    

Oty State Zip 


IL 


Cm"' 


iVLK^ll  ^ 


.^    ICJ.1 


luard  and  the 


It  lives  in  the 


advance  agt-nt  of  society. 

past,  the  r  >'nd  the  future.  It  is  the 

stou  knowledge;  it  draws  upon 

this  depository  to  throw  light  up' 

pre  prepares  people  to  live  and  make 

rid  of  today;  and  it 
should  lake  tli         ^  'n  expanding  the 
intellectual  horizonis  and  the  scientific 
frontiers,  thus  helping  mankind  t(^  "o  forward 
— always  toward  fho  nmmise  of  > 
better  tomorrow 


F-rom  "The  St  the  University" 

•' iiral  auun..-)->  oi 

Wilson  H.  Elkins, 
January  20,  1955, 

/  ,11...       H..^\-  \A-ir